JP6181789B2 - Pachinko machine - Google Patents

Description

  The present invention relates to pachinko gaming machines.

  In general, pachinko gaming machines acquire a random number for lottery when a game ball enters the starting port, and temporarily store it as a predetermined upper limit number of balls as operation holding balls. Each such operation holding ball is sequentially digested one by one every time a predetermined starting condition is satisfied, and whether or not it is a big hit is determined. If the result of the determination is a big hit, the symbols consisting of a plurality of columns are displayed in a variable manner, and then the symbols are stopped and displayed in a predetermined winning manner. Special games (big hit games) to be established.

  On the other hand, in recent years, prior to the determination of whether or not it is performed, a pre-determination is performed on an undigested operation holding ball, and predetermined notice information is notified to a player in advance based on the pre-determination result. It has been known. As one of them, there is what is called a so-called “reserved in-residence production” that informs that the next big hit is included in the operation holding ball that is waiting during the special game (for example, (See Patent Document 1).

JP 2014-33892 A

  Since there are already many pachinko gaming machines that adopt such a configuration as conventional models, in order to differentiate them from conventional models, it is necessary to improve the fun of the game by the so-called on-hold renso production. .

  This invention is made | formed in view of such a subject, and it aims at providing the pachinko game machine which can aim at the improvement of the interest property of a game.

In order to achieve such an object, the pachinko gaming machine according to the present invention includes a game board in which a game area is formed, a first start port provided at a predetermined position of the game area and into which a game ball can enter. A second start opening provided at a position different from the first start opening in the game area, and the game ball changes into an open state in which a game ball can easily enter and a closed state in which it is difficult to enter, and to the first start port First random number acquisition means for acquiring a random number value when the game ball enters the game, second random number acquisition means for acquiring a random value when the game ball enters the second start port, A first success / failure determination unit that executes a determination of success / failure based on the random number value acquired by the first random number acquisition unit; a second success / failure determination unit that executes determination of the success / failure based on the random number value acquired by the second random number acquisition unit; 1. Result of determination of success / failure by means of determination of success / failure or second determination result If the result of the determination of success / failure is a big hit, the special game execution means that can shift to a special game advantageous to the player, and the ease of entering the game ball into the second starting port after the special game is finished are enhanced. When the random number value is acquired by the specific game executing means that can shift to the easy entry state and the first random number acquiring means, the acquired random number value is suspended until the first success / failure determination permission condition is satisfied. When the random number value is acquired by the first hold storage unit that stores up to a predetermined upper limit number as information and the second random number acquisition unit, the acquired random number value is used until the second success / failure determination permission condition is satisfied. A second on-hold storage means for storing up to a predetermined upper limit number as on-hold information; a first symbol display device in which a first symbol indicating the result of the determination of success / failure by the first success / failure determination means is variably displayed and stopped; and 2 decision A second symbol display device in which the second symbol indicating the result of the determination of success / failure by the means is variably displayed and stopped, and a first symbol display control means for causing the first symbol to be variably displayed and stopped in the first symbol display device; The second symbol display control means for variably displaying and stopping the second symbol on the second symbol display device, and the result of the go / no-go judgment by the first go / no-go judgment means or the result of the go / no-go judgment by the second go / no-go judgment means. a performance display device suggests demonstration is displayed, the performance display device and a presentation determining means for determining effect contents to be displayed, certain prior pending based rather on the random number value of the information the second spruce determination means If spruce determination result is that there are certain reserved information to a subsequent hold the information prior is scheduled to be digested after the special game execution end one or more of which are performed by a jackpot by If, being capable of performing hold the extended game presentation to suggest or notifying the likelihood that a particular pending information is present, when said hold information exists in the second holding memory means, said first spruce determination permission condition is satisfied On the other hand, regardless of whether or not the hold information is present in the first hold storage means, the second success / failure determination permission condition can be satisfied, and the random value related to certain advance hold information in the easy-to-enter state In the situation where the preceding special game is executed when the result of the success / failure determination by the second success / failure determination unit executed based on the result is a big hit, it is possible to execute the on- hold extended game effect during the execution of the preceding special game As the types of special games that are executed when the result of the success / failure determination by the second success / failure determination means is a big hit, a low-profit special game in which the advantage to the player is set relatively low, and the advantage to the player Degree The low profit special game has a probability that the result of the success / failure determination by the first success / failure determination means and the result of the determination of the success / failure by the second success / failure determination means will be a big hit. Is a special game that triggers the setting of a predetermined probability, and the high-profit special game has a probability that the result of the success / failure determination by the first success / failure determination means and the result of the success / failure determination by the second success / failure determination means become a big hit. A special game that triggers the setting of a specific probability that is higher than the predetermined probability, and a plurality of information that is scheduled to be digested after completion of execution of a certain preceding special game as the hold information of the second hold storage means As a special game scheduled to be executed after completion of a certain preceding special game in a situation where there are a plurality of specific hold information in the subsequent hold information, the earliest specification among the plurality of specific hold information If the special game corresponding to the hold information is a low profit special game and the special game corresponding to the specific hold information subsequent to the first specific hold information is a high profit special game, the certain preceding special While the game is not being executed during the game , the holding information in the second holding memory means has a plurality of pieces of subsequent holding information that is scheduled to be digested after the execution of a certain preceding special game. As a special game scheduled to be executed after the end of a certain preceding special game in a situation where specific hold information exists, a special game corresponding to the earliest specific hold information among the plurality of specific hold information is a high profit special game In addition, when the special game corresponding to the specific hold information subsequent to the earliest specific hold information is also a high-profit special game, it is possible to execute the hold-in-village rendition during the execution of the certain preceding special game. To be characterized by To do.

  According to the pachinko gaming machine according to the present invention, it is possible to improve the interest of the game.

It is a front view of a pachinko gaming machine according to the present embodiment. It is a rear view of a pachinko gaming machine according to the present embodiment. It is a control block diagram of a pachinko gaming machine according to the present embodiment. It is a functional block diagram of the main control board and effect control board of a pachinko gaming machine according to the present embodiment. It is a schematic diagram which shows the special symbol winning / losing lottery table based on this embodiment. It is a schematic diagram which shows the symbol table per special symbol based on this embodiment. It is a schematic diagram which shows the special symbol fluctuation pattern table based on this embodiment. It is a schematic diagram which shows the extended villa production | presentation pattern table of the pending renzo production based on this embodiment. It is a schematic diagram which shows an example of the production image of the reserved in-rensou production based on this embodiment. It is a flowchart which shows the main control side main process based on this embodiment. It is a flowchart which shows the control process following FIG. 10 of the main process by the main control side based on this embodiment. It is a flowchart which shows the main control side timer interruption process based on this embodiment. It is a flowchart which shows the starting port monitoring control process based on this embodiment. It is a flowchart which shows the special symbol change start monitoring control process based on this embodiment. It is a flowchart which shows the special symbol fluctuation | variation start monitoring process in FIG. 14 based on this embodiment. It is a flowchart which shows the special symbol control process based on this embodiment. It is a flowchart which shows the special symbol control general-purpose process in FIG. 16 based on this embodiment. It is a flowchart which shows the special symbol change start process in FIG. 17 based on this embodiment. It is a flowchart which shows the special symbol change process in FIG. 17 based on this embodiment. It is a flowchart which shows the special symbol stop symbol display middle process in FIG. 17 based on this embodiment. It is a flowchart which shows the control process following FIG. 20 of the special symbol stop symbol display process based on this embodiment. It is a flowchart which shows the special electric accessory control process based on this embodiment. It is a flowchart which shows the control process following FIG. 22 of the special electric accessory control process based on this embodiment. It is a flowchart which shows the control process following FIG. 23 of the special electric accessory control process based on this embodiment. It is a flowchart which shows the reset start process based on this embodiment. It is a flowchart which shows the production control side main process based on this embodiment. 27 is a flowchart showing command analysis processing in FIG. 26 according to the present embodiment. It is a flowchart which shows the production | presentation state transfer process in FIG. 27 based on this embodiment. It is a flowchart which shows the change effect content determination process in FIG. 27 based on this embodiment. It is a flowchart which shows the pending | holding villa rendition effect A determination process in FIG. 29 based on this embodiment. It is a flowchart which shows the big hit effect content determination process in FIG. 27 based on this embodiment. It is a flowchart which shows the pending | reserved in-range resort effect B determination process in FIG. 31 based on this embodiment. It is a flowchart which shows the big hit effect replacement | exchange process in FIG. 31 based on this embodiment. It is a flowchart which shows the presentation control command reception interruption process based on this embodiment. It is a flowchart which shows the production control side timer interruption process based on this embodiment. It is a flowchart which shows the image control command transmission interruption process based on this embodiment. It is a schematic diagram which shows the effect image of a special continuous effect based on this embodiment. It is a time chart for demonstrating the relationship between the on-hold consecutive resort production and special continuous production based on this embodiment. It is a time chart for demonstrating the relationship 1 of the on-hold consecutive resort effect and special effect based on the 1st modification of this embodiment. It is a time chart for demonstrating the relations 2 and 3 of the reservation in-resort resort effect and the special effect based on the 1st modification of this embodiment. It is a flowchart which shows the special effect determination process based on the 1st modification of this embodiment. It is a flowchart which shows the on-hold extended resort production A determination process based on the 1st modification of this embodiment. It is a flowchart which shows the on-hold extended resort production B determination process based on the 1st modification of this embodiment. It is a schematic diagram which shows the extended villa production | presentation pattern table of the retained villa extended production based on the 2nd modification of this embodiment. It is a flowchart which shows the big hit effect content determination process based on the 2nd modification of this embodiment. It is a flowchart which shows the production | presentation button monitoring control process based on the 2nd modification of this embodiment. It is a flowchart which shows the production | presentation state transfer process based on the 2nd modification of this embodiment. It is a flowchart which shows the on-hold extended resort production A determination process based on the 2nd modification of this embodiment. It is a flowchart which shows the on-hold extended resort production B determination process based on the 2nd modification of this embodiment. It is a schematic diagram which shows the effect image of the on-hold consecutive resort effect B based on the 3rd modification of this embodiment. It is a schematic diagram which shows the extended villa production | presentation pattern table of the retained villa reproduction production based on the 3rd modification of this embodiment. It is sectional drawing of the 2nd big prize opening based on 2nd Embodiment. It is a schematic diagram which shows the symbol table per special symbol based on 2nd Embodiment. It is a time chart which shows the opening pattern of a special winning opening based on 2nd Embodiment. It is a flowchart which shows the big hit effect content determination process based on 2nd Embodiment. It is a flowchart which shows the on-hold consecutive resort production B determination process based on 2nd Embodiment. It is a schematic diagram which shows the success / failure prior determination table based on 2nd Embodiment. It is a schematic diagram which shows the special symbol winning / losing lottery table based on 3rd Embodiment. It is a schematic diagram which shows the symbol table per special symbol based on 3rd Embodiment. It is a schematic diagram which shows the special symbol fluctuation pattern table based on 3rd Embodiment. It is a schematic diagram which shows the extended villa production | presentation pattern table of the retained renso production in the third embodiment. It is a flowchart which shows the on-hold consecutive resort production B determination process based on 3rd Embodiment. It is a flowchart which shows the on-hold consecutive villa production A determination process based on 4th Embodiment. It is a flowchart which shows the on-hold consecutive resort production B determination process based on 4th Embodiment. It is a schematic diagram for demonstrating an effect | action based on 4th Embodiment.

  Hereinafter, preferred embodiments of the present invention will be described with reference to the drawings. In addition, the pachinko gaming machine according to the present embodiment is a model in which two functions corresponding to the conventional first type pachinko gaming machine are mixed, and the first game (first special symbol game) and the second game. (Second special symbol game) can be developed.

[First Embodiment]
A front view and a rear view of a pachinko gaming machine PM according to the present embodiment are shown in FIGS. 1 and 2. First, an overall configuration of the pachinko gaming machine PM will be described with reference to the drawings.

<Basic configuration of pachinko machine>
First, the basic structure of the front side of the pachinko gaming machine PM will be described with reference to FIG. As shown in FIG. 1, the pachinko gaming machine PM is configured with a rectangular frame size adapted to the front of the opening of the outer frame 1 which forms a vertically fixed holding frame configured in an outer rectangular frame size, and can be opened and closed. The front frame 2 that forms a frame is attached so that it can be opened and closed laterally and opened and removed by upper and lower hinge mechanisms 3a, 3b arranged on the left front edge of each other, and is called a double lock provided on the front right edge. The locking device 4 is always used to maintain the closed state engaged with the outer frame 1.

  On the front side of the front frame 2, a glass frame 5 and a ball tray unit 6 are assembled so that they can be opened and closed laterally and detachably using hinge mechanisms 7 a, 7 b, 7 c provided on the left side of the front side. It is always used in a closed state covering the front surface of the front frame 2. A game board 20 is detachably set and held on the upper part of the front frame 2 located behind the glass frame 5, and a game area PA in front of the game board 20 through the double-layer glass of the glass frame 5 that is always held closed. Can be viewed.

  On the front side of the glass frame 5, there are provided a frame lamp (LED lamp) 10 that emits light according to the game development status, and a speaker 11 that generates sound effects according to the game development status. The ball tray unit 6 is provided with upper and lower ball trays (an upper ball tray 8 and a lower ball tray 9) for storing game balls, and an effect that is pressed by a player at the front center of the upper ball tray 8 is provided. A button 15 is provided, and a launch handle 12 for performing a launch operation of the game ball is provided on the front right side of the lower ball tray 9.

  The game board 20 is configured based on a board formed in a rectangular flat plate shape using a synthetic resin material such as an acrylic resin, a polycarbonate resin, or an ABS resin. On the front surface of the game board 20, an outer rail and an inner rail are fixed in an arc shape, and a substantially circular game area PA on which a game ball can roll is defined, and a windmill and a large number of games are formed in the game area PA. Along with the nail, in addition to various winning ports such as the first starting port 61, the second starting port 62, the operation gate 63, the first large winning port 64, the second large winning port 65, the first special symbol display device 71, the second Various display devices such as a special symbol display device 72, a first special symbol reservation lamp 73, a second special symbol reservation lamp 74, a normal symbol display device 75, and a general symbol reservation lamp 76 are provided. A center ornament 22 is disposed substantially at the center of the game area PA, and the screen of the effect display device 70 is provided so as to be visible through the center opening of the center ornament 22. At the lower end of the game area PA, there is provided an out port 29 through which the game balls that have tumbled down without entering each winning port are discharged to the back side of the game board 20. Hereinafter, each component provided in the game board 20 is demonstrated in order.

  The first start port 61 is provided as a start winning port corresponding to the first special symbol game, and includes a first start port switch 611 for detecting the entrance of a game ball. Entering a game ball into the first start port 61 triggers the first special symbol lottery.

  The second start port 62 is provided as a start winning port corresponding to the second special symbol game, and includes a second start port switch 621 for detecting the entrance of a game ball. Entering a game ball into the second start port 62 triggers the second special symbol lottery. The second start port 62 includes a normal electric accessory 622 and a normal electric accessory solenoid 623 for opening and closing the normal electric accessory 622. The ordinary electric accessory 622 changes between a closed state in which it is difficult for a game ball to enter the second starting port 62 and an open state in which the game ball is easier to enter than this state. Here, the second starting port 62 has a structure in which it is difficult for a game ball to enter unless the ordinary electric accessory 622 is opened. On the other hand, when the ordinary electric accessory 622 is opened, the ease of entering the second starting port 62 is enhanced.

  The operation gate 63 is provided as a start winning opening corresponding to a normal symbol game, and includes an operation gate switch 631 for detecting passage of a game ball. Note that the passing of the game ball to the operation gate 63 triggers the normal symbol lottery for determining whether or not to expand the normal electric accessory 622 of the second start port 62.

  The first big winning opening 64 is formed as a winning opening having a horizontal rectangular shape that is open when a big win or a small win is won in the first special symbol or the second special symbol. The first big prize opening 64 includes a first big prize opening switch 641 for detecting the entry of a game ball, and a first special electric accessory 642 called a so-called attacker device, and the first special electric combination. A first big prize opening solenoid 643 for opening and closing the accessory 642 is provided. The first special electric accessory 642 is variable between a normal state in which a game ball cannot enter or difficult to enter the first grand prize opening 64 and an open state in which a game ball can enter or can easily enter.

  The second big winning opening 65 is formed as a winning opening having a horizontal rectangular shape that is open when the first special symbol or the second special symbol is determined to be a big win or a small win. The second grand prize opening 65 includes a second special prize opening switch 651 for detecting the entry of a game ball, a second special electric accessory 652 called a so-called attacker device, and the second special electric machine. And a second big prize opening solenoid 653 for opening and closing the accessory 652. The second special electric accessory 652 is variable between a normal state in which a game ball cannot enter or difficult to enter the second grand prize opening 65 and an open state in which a game ball can enter or can easily enter.

  The first big prize opening 64 and the second big prize opening 65 are provided in the right side area in the game area PA. Therefore, in a special gaming state, when a game ball is launched toward the game area PA, it is easy to enter any of the big winning holes 64 and 65 by hitting the right area, so-called right hit. It has become.

  The first special symbol display device 71 performs variable display and fixed display of the first special symbol when the game ball enters the first starting port 61. The first special symbol display device 71 is composed of, for example, 7-segment LEDs, and the first special symbol variable display is expressed according to the blinking pattern of each segment, and the blinking of the segment stops and switches to the lit display. One special symbol is confirmed and displayed. The stop symbol of the first special symbol is formed by numbers or symbols expressed by combinations of segments.

  The second special symbol display device 72 performs a variable display and a fixed display of the first special symbol when the game ball enters the second start port 62. The second special symbol display device 72 is composed of, for example, seven-segment LEDs, and the second special symbol variable display is expressed according to the blinking pattern of each segment, and the blinking of the segment stops and switches to the lit display. 2 Special symbols are finalized. The stop symbol of the second special symbol is formed by numbers or symbols expressed by combinations of segments.

  The first special figure reservation lamp 73 and the second special figure reservation lamp 74 are each composed of, for example, two LED lamps, and the number of operation reserved balls of the first special symbol and the second special symbol is indicated by lighting / flashing display of the lamps. Express (up to 4). The number of reserved balls for operation of the first special symbol is a number related to the random number value acquired based on the ball entering the first starting port 61 during the fluctuation of the first special symbol or the second special symbol or during execution of the special game. Yes, the acquired random number value is held, that is, the number of times the determination of the success / failure is temporarily held until the acceptance / rejection determination permission condition (variation start condition) is satisfied for the acquired random number value. The number of reserved balls for operation of the second special symbol is a number related to the random number value acquired based on the ball entering the second starting port 62 during the variation of the first special symbol or the second special symbol or during execution of the special game. Yes, the acquired random number value is held, that is, the number of times the determination of the success / failure is temporarily held until the acceptance / rejection determination permission condition (variation start condition) is satisfied for the acquired random number value.

  The normal symbol display device 75 is composed of, for example, two LED lamps, and performs normal symbol variation display and confirmation display by lighting and blinking display of the lamps. In the present embodiment, for example, the normal symbol variation display is expressed in such a manner that the two lamps are alternately turned on and off, and depending on which lamp is finally turned on and stopped, Notify the lottery result. The ordinary figure holding lamp 76 is composed of, for example, two LED lamps, and represents the number of reserved balls (up to four) for normal symbols by lighting / blinking display of the lamp. On the left side of the normal symbol display device 75, there is provided a round indicator 77 for displaying the number of round games in the special game (the number of rounds: the number of times that the special electric accessories 642 and 643 are continuously operated). .

  The effect display device 70 mainly displays an effect image including a decorative pattern and a notice effect that fluctuately display / stop in conjunction with the first special symbol or the second special symbol, and the first special symbol and the second special symbol. Hold display. Specifically, on the screen of the effect display device 70, the first special symbol is synchronized with the decorative symbol display unit 700 on which the decorative symbol change display or the notice effect display is executed, and the first special symbol hold lamp 73. The first special figure hold display section 701 that executes the hold display of the second special figure hold display section 702 that executes the hold display of the second special symbol in synchronization with the second special figure hold lamp 74 Is provided. In the present embodiment, a liquid crystal display device is employed as the effect display device 70. The decorative symbol display unit 700 is provided with three rows of display areas (a left display area Z1, a middle display area Z2, and a right display area Z3) serving as a decorative display variable display area on a predetermined effective line (not shown). The left symbol of the decorative symbol corresponding to the left display area Z1, the middle symbol of the decorative symbol corresponding to the middle display region Z2, and the right symbol of the decorative symbol corresponding to the right display region Z3 are stopped and displayed. The In the special figure hold display portions 701 and 702, in a normal display mode, when a special symbol operation holding ball is generated, a white circle holding image is displayed, whereas when the operation holding ball is digested, it corresponds. The reserved image is lost. The reserved images are displayed in order according to the order in which the special symbols actuated on-hold balls are generated (the order of entering the balls), and a maximum of four can be displayed on each of the on-hold display units 701 and 702.

  The center decoration 22 is installed around the effect display device 70, and has functions such as a flow path of the game ball, protection of the screen of the effect display device 70, and decoration. The center ornament 22 is provided with a movable accessory 24 that performs a production operation according to the game development status. The movable accessory 24 includes a driving source such as a stepping motor or a solenoid. Further, the center decoration 22 is provided with a board lamp (LED lamp) 25 that emits light according to the game development status. In the following description, for convenience, the frame lamp 10 and the panel lamp 25 are also collectively referred to as “effect lamp LP”.

Next, the basic structure on the back side of the pachinko gaming machine PM will be described with reference to FIG. On the back side of the front frame 2, a back set board 30 having a window that communicates with the front and rear at substantially the center and formed in a rectangular frame shape somewhat smaller than the front frame 2 is detachably attached. Each part of the back set board 30 has a storage tank 31 for storing a large number of game balls, a tank rail 32 extending from the storage tank 31 with a gentle downward slope to the right, and a lower end connected to the right end of the tank rail 32. A ball supply passage 33 extending to the ball, a prize ball payout unit 34 for paying out a game ball guided by the ball supply passage 33, and a prize for guiding the game ball discharged from the prize ball payout unit 34 to the upper ball tray 6. A ball passage portion 35 and the like are provided.

  On the back side of the game board 10, there is a main control board 100 for comprehensively controlling the operation of the pachinko gaming machine PM, an effect control board 200 for performing overall control of the game, image display according to game development, and control of sound effects. An image control board 300 for performing is attached. In the present embodiment, the effect control board 200 and the image control board 300 constitute a liquid crystal unit in an assembled state integrated with the effect display device (liquid crystal display device) 70. On the other hand, on the back side of the back set board 30, the payout control board 400 that performs control related to the launch and payout of the game balls, and the power received from the game facility side to supply power to various control boards and electric / electronic components. A power supply board 500 or the like is attached. In order to prevent unauthorized modification, these control boards are respectively placed at predetermined positions on the back of the game board 20 or the back set board 30 in an assembled state housed in a transparent resin board case having a caulking structure and a sealing structure. Arranged. These control boards and the electrical / electronic components of each part of the pachinko gaming machine PM are connected to each other via a harness (connector cable) so that the pachinko gaming machine PM can be operated.

<Control configuration of pachinko machines>
Next, with reference to FIG. 3, each control board mounted in the pachinko gaming machine PM according to this embodiment will be described. FIG. 3 is a control block diagram showing a control configuration of the pachinko gaming machine PM.

  The main control board 100 includes a main CPU 101 that performs various arithmetic processes related to games, a ROM 102 that stores control programs and various data, a RAM 103 that functions as a work area and buffer memory serving as a temporary storage area, a peripheral board, A main control microcomputer (one-chip microcomputer) 110 configured to include an I / O port circuit 104 for inputting / outputting signals to / from the device is mounted, and the main CPU 101 plays a game according to a control program stored in the ROM 102. It is configured to execute main control related to the progress. In addition, although not shown in the figure, the main control board 100 is reset when a clock circuit that divides the clock signal from the crystal oscillator to generate an internal system clock and the main CPU 101 malfunctions or runs out of control. It operates as a separate system from the WDT circuit for returning to the normal state, the CTC circuit that enables real-time interrupt generation and time measurement, and the program processing (software random number) by the main CPU 101 to generate a predetermined random number (built-in random number). A random number generation circuit and the like are mounted, and these are connected to each other via an internal bus.

  The main CPU 101 executes various processes related to the main control of the game by reading various control programs stored in the ROM 102 and performing arithmetic processing based on detection information from each switch. The RAM 103 is a backup RAM as a nonvolatile storage unit that is backed up by a backup power supply (VBB) generated in the power supply substrate 500. The backup area of the RAM 103 is an area for storing data such as a stack pointer and each register held when the power is turned off when the power is turned off. ), The state of the gaming machine is restored to the state before power-off based on the information in the backup area.

The main control board 100 is electrically connected to the first start port switch 611, the second start port switch 621, the operation gate switch 631, the first big prize port switch 641, the second big prize port switch 651, and the like. In addition, detection signals from various switches are input to the main CPU 101 via the I / O port circuit 104. The main control board 100 includes a first special symbol display device 71, a second special symbol display device 72, a first special symbol hold lamp 73, a second special figure hold lamp 74, a normal symbol display device 75, and a general figure hold lamp. 76, and is further electrically connected to the ordinary electric accessory solenoid 623 and the special electric accessory solenoids 643, 653, and is controlled by the main CPU 101 via the I / O port circuit 104. Signals are sent to various display means and various solenoids.

  The main control board 100 and the effect control board 200 are connected by eight parallel signal lines and one strobe line, and communicate only in a single direction from the main control board 100 to the effect control board 200. Various effect control commands are transmitted from the main control board 100 to the effect control board 200. Data cannot be transmitted from the effect control board 200 to the main control board 100, and the main control board 100 cannot be requested to transmit data.

  The effect control board 200 includes a sub-main CPU 201 that performs various arithmetic processes related to game effects based on an effect control command from the main control board 100, a ROM 202 that stores an effect control program and various data, a work area that is a temporary storage area, Equipped with a rendering control microcomputer (one-chip microcomputer) 210 that includes a RAM 203 that functions as a buffer memory and an I / O port circuit 204 that inputs and outputs signals between peripheral boards and devices. The sub-main CPU 201 is configured to execute main control related to game effects according to a control program stored in the ROM 202. In addition, although not shown, the production control board 200 is reset when a clock circuit that divides the clock signal from the crystal oscillator to generate an internal system clock, or when the sub main CPU 201 malfunctions or runs away. WDT circuit that returns to normal state, TPU circuit that outputs various signals based on the system clock, interrupt controller that activates various interrupts such as timer interrupts based on signals from the TPU circuit, etc. for inputting and outputting serial data A serial communication circuit and the like are mounted, and these are connected to each other via an internal bus.

  The effect control board 200 is an effect control process based on the effect control command from the main control board 100, an image control command for instructing the image and sound to the image control board 300, and a lamp control signal for controlling the lamp connection board 91. (Lamp data), a drive control signal (drive data) for controlling the motor driver 92, and the like are generated. The effect control board 200 is connected to the image control board 300 so as to be capable of bidirectional communication, and image control commands related to images and sound are transmitted from the effect control board 200 to the image control board 300. A response command (ACK command) indicating that the image control command has been successfully received is transmitted from the image control board 300 to the effect control board 200.

  The effect control board 200 is electrically connected to a lamp connection board 91 on which a plurality of LED drivers are mounted, and a lamp control signal (lamp data) for controlling the lamp connection board 91 is transmitted via a serial communication circuit. Send. In this example, the production control board 200 and the lamp connection board 91 employ clock-synchronized serial communication, and are transmitted by a signal line (clock line) different from the data line for lamp data transmission. In synchronization with the clock signal, the ramp control signal is transmitted bit by bit through the data line. The lamp connection board 91 has a built-in LED driver that functions in response to a lamp control signal for LED driving transmitted from the effect control board 200, and switches on / off the switches in the circuit based on the lamp control signal. Thus, the drive current is supplied to or cut off from the effect lamp LP, and the effect lamp LP is turned on or off.

Further, the effect control board 200 is electrically connected to a plurality of motor drivers 92, and a drive control signal (drive data) for controlling the motor driver 92 is transmitted to the motor driver 92 via the I / O port circuit 204. Send. The motor driver 92 is connected to the production control board 20
By switching on / off the switch in the circuit based on the driving control signal for driving the accessory transmitted from 0, the driving current is supplied to or disconnected from the stepping motor of each movable accessory 24, and each movable Control to operate the object 24 is performed. The data transmission to the motor driver 92 employs a parallel communication method.

  The image control board 300 includes a sub-sub CPU 301 that performs various arithmetic processes related to image effects based on an image control command from the effect control board 200, a ROM 302 that stores image control programs and various data, and a work area that is a temporary storage area. And an image control microcomputer (one-chip microcomputer) 310 that includes a RAM 303 that functions as a buffer memory and an I / O port circuit 304 that inputs and outputs signals between peripheral boards and devices. The sub-sub CPU 301 is configured to execute main control related to the image effect according to the control program stored in the ROM 302. In addition, although not shown in the figure, the image control board 300 has a VDP that generates image data according to the effect content based on the control signal acquired from the sub-sub CPU 301 and an effect content based on the control signal acquired from the sub-sub CPU 301. It is equipped with a sound source IC that generates acoustic data. The VDP is a so-called image processor, reads image data stored in the image ROM in response to an instruction from the sub-sub CPU 301, and transmits a video signal (image data) generated by image processing to the effect display device. The VPD is connected to a high-speed VRAM used for developing / processing image data read from the image ROM. The sound source IC reads the acoustic data stored in the audio ROM in response to an instruction from the sub-sub CPU 301, and outputs the acoustic data generated by synthesizing the data to the speaker 11 via the amplifier (digital amplifier).

  The payout control board 400 is composed mainly of a payout CPU 401, ROM 402 and RAM 403. The payout control board 400 is connected to the main control board 100 so as to be capable of bidirectional communication. The payout payout unit 34 is driven based on a payout control command from the main control board 100 to pay out a prize ball. And the ball feed mechanism 13 and the launch mechanism 14 are driven synchronously based on the operation amount of the launch handle 12 to control the launch of the game ball.

  Although not shown in detail, the power supply board 500 includes a normal power supply circuit for generating a normal power supply used by each control board based on a primary power supply supplied from the power supply facility of the game island, and a backup power supply. (VBB) is generated, and a power-off monitoring circuit for monitoring power-off due to a voltage drop is provided. The electronic / electrical parts such as control boards and game machines Supply the necessary power. A power switch for starting a power circuit is connected to the power board 500, and when the power switch is turned on on the assumption that the primary power is supplied from the power supply device of the game island, the power board A predetermined power is supplied from 500 normal power supply circuits to each control board. The power supply board 500 is configured to be able to detect that the power supply from the power supply device on the amusement island is cut off. When the power supply is detected to be cut off, a power cut-off signal (NMI signal) for informing the fact is sent to the main control board 100. , To the effect control board 200 and the payout control board 400. The backup power supply circuit is charged when power is supplied to the pachinko gaming machine PM from the power supply device on the game island. Further, a RAM clear switch (not shown) is connected to the power supply board 500 for temporarily erasing the temporarily stored contents of the RAM 103 of the main control board 100 and setting initial values when the pachinko gaming machine PM is turned on. ing. The RAM clear switch may be connected to the main control board 100 instead of the power supply board 500, for example.

<Basic operation of pachinko machines>
The pachinko gaming machine PM configured as described above can be used in a game in which the outer frame 1 is fixedly installed on the gaming island of the gaming facility, and the front frame 2, the glass frame 5, the ball tray unit 6 and the like are closed and locked. The game is started by storing the game ball in the upper ball tray 8 and rotating the launch handle 12. When the firing handle 12 is rotated, the game balls stored in the upper ball tray 8 are launched one by one by a ball feed mechanism 13 (see FIG. 3) disposed on the back side of the glass frame 5. 14 (see FIG. 3), and is launched into the game area PA by the launch mechanism 14.

  When a game ball rolling down in the game area PA enters one of the first starting port 61, the second starting port 62, the first major winning port 64, and the second major winning port 65, the type of the winning port The award ball corresponding to is paid out to the upper ball tray 8 or the lower ball tray 9 by the prize ball payout unit 33. When a game ball enters the first start port 61 or the second start port 62, a lottery random number value of a special symbol is acquired, and the random number value is temporarily stored as a reserved ball of the special symbol up to a predetermined upper limit number. Then, when a predetermined starting condition is satisfied, a special symbol win / no-go determination, symbol determination, and variation pattern determination are performed on the lottery random number value related to the earliest holding ball, and in a manner according to the determination result, The special symbol is variably displayed on the first special symbol display device 71 or the second special symbol display device 72, and the decorative symbol is variably displayed on the effect display device 70. The variation display of the special symbol and the decorative symbol is stopped and displayed synchronously after the variation time corresponding to the selected variation pattern has elapsed.

  When the first special symbol or the second special symbol is confirmed and displayed in a stop mode indicating a big hit, the game shifts to a special game that is more advantageous to the player than the normal game, and the first big prize opening 64 or the second The opening / closing operation of the big prize opening 65 is started. The stop pattern of the decorative symbol indicating the big hit is, for example, a mode in which the types of three symbols match. In the present embodiment, as a special game, a round game is set to 16 times (16 rounds), a 16R special game, a round game is set to 8 times (8 rounds), and a round game is 2 times. 2R special game set to (2 rounds) is provided.

  In this embodiment, regardless of whether the transition is made to the 16R special game, the 8R special game, or the 2R special game, the probability variation of the special symbol after the special game ends until the number of times the special symbol changes reaches a predetermined end number. The function (also called “probability”) operates uniformly. In other words, the pachinko gaming machine PM according to the present embodiment is a gaming machine called a so-called “ST machine”, which is a time-changing probability changing machine with a probability changing entry rate of 100%. Therefore, in the present embodiment, the state in which the special symbol probability variation function is in operation (also referred to as “special symbol probability variation state”) does not continue until the next big hit, but the special symbol probability variation state is maintained. This period is limited to a predetermined period of time (also referred to as “ST number”). When the special symbol probability variation function is activated, a lottery with a special symbol jackpot probability higher than the normal probability state is performed, so that a new special game is generated relatively early.

  On the other hand, after the special game is over, a special symbol variation time shortening function (hereinafter also referred to as “short time”) is attached to the special symbol probability variation function or independently of the special symbol probability variation function. May work. When the special symbol variation time reduction function is in operation (also referred to as “special symbol time-short state”), the average variation time of special symbols and decorative symbols tends to be shorter than the normal state. In addition, the number of successful / unlucky lotteries per unit time is improved (ease of acquiring big hits per unit time can be increased).

Further, when the special symbol variation time shortening function is activated, a so-called electric chew support function is activated to shift to the easy entry state. In the easy-to-enter state, as an example of the electric chew support function, the normal symbol probability variation function, the normal symbol variation time shortening function, and the normal electric accessory 622 opening extension function are activated, so that the second starting port 62 is activated. This is a state where the ease of entering the ball is enhanced. In this easy-to-enter state, the possibility that the number of fluctuations of the normal symbol per fixed time will increase more than usual and the ease of entering the second start port 62 will also increase, so that the second start port 62 will be entered. The possibility that the number of balls entering will increase. Therefore, by operating the special symbol variation time shortening function and the electric chew support function, the chance to obtain a winning ball by entering the second starting port 62 increases during the period, so that the number of possessed balls is hardly reduced. The game can be continued.

<Main functional configuration of pachinko machines>
Next, various functions of the pachinko gaming machine PM (mainly the main control board 100 / effect control board 200) according to the present embodiment will be described with additional reference to the functional block diagram of FIG.

  As shown in FIG. 4, the main control board 100 includes a ball entry judging means 110, a game lottery random number generating means 120, a holding control means 130, a prior judgment means 135, a special symbol lottery processing means 140, a normal symbol lottery processing means 145, Special game control means 150, symbol display control means 155, electric accessory control means 160, gaming state control means 165, error monitoring control means 170, main information storage means 180, and command transmission / reception means 190 are included. Note that each of the above-described means in the main control board 100 is configured by main CPU 101, ROM 102, RAM 103, hardware such as an electronic circuit provided on the main control board 100, and software such as a control program stored in the ROM 102 or the like. Is a functional representation of things.

  Based on detection signals from the first start port switch 611, the second start port switch 621, the operation gate switch 631, the first big prize port switch 641, the second big prize port switch 651, etc. Judgment of game balls entering the winning opening.

  The game lottery random number generation means 120 takes in the built-in random number generated by the random number generation circuit of the main control microcomputer 110 by software and adds a soft random number per special symbol to be described later to this to be used for the lottery of special symbols. Generate random numbers per special symbol. The game lottery random number generation means 120 includes a random number counter for generating various software random numbers by the program processing of the main CPU 101. These random number counters serve as random number generation means for generating random numbers in software. As this software random number, a soft random number per special symbol that is added to the above-mentioned built-in random number to form a random number per special symbol, a soft initial value random number per special symbol for determining an initial value and an end value of the soft random number per special symbol, Special symbols for determining the random number of symbols per special symbol used for determining the winning symbol (the combination of symbols that will activate the condition device) as the stop symbol of the special symbol, the initial value and the end value of the symbol random number per special symbol The initial symbol random number per symbol, the random number per normal symbol, the random number per normal symbol, the random number per normal symbol, the random number per normal symbol, and the random number per normal symbol Includes initial value random numbers per normal symbol to determine, normal symbol variation pattern random number to use for selection of variation pattern of ordinary symbols, etc. That. These software random numbers are updated once every time timer interrupt processing occurs, and the remaining time of the interrupt cycle is maintained even when timer interrupt processing is not being executed for the initial value random number (during loop processing). Update using.

  The hold control means 130 includes a special symbol hold control means 131 and a normal symbol hold control means 132.

  The special symbol hold control means 131 is a lottery random number value related to special symbol games, which is a random number value per special symbol, per special symbol, when the game ball enters the first start port 61 or the second start port 62. The design random number value and the special design variation pattern random value are acquired, and the random number value is managed as the operation reserved ball information of the first special design or the second special design. The special symbol holding control means 131 is a main information storage means that combines the action holding ball information of the first special symbol or the second special symbol up to a predetermined upper limit number (4) with the entering order of the holding balls. The first special symbol reservation storage area of 180 or the second special symbol reservation storage area is temporarily stored.

In the first special symbol storage area and the second special symbol storage area, the start ports 61 and 62 are provided.
In the order of entering the ball, the reserved 1 storage area (first reserved storage area), the reserved 2 storage area (second reserved storage area), the reserved 3 storage area (third reserved storage area), and reserved 4 A storage area (fourth reserved storage area) is provided. Each reserved storage area can store a random number per special symbol, a random number per special symbol, and a special symbol variation pattern random number as a set as the operating reserved ball information. The operation hold ball information is stored in the order of the hold 1 storage area, the hold 2 storage area, the hold 3 storage area, and the hold 4 storage area, while the hold 1 storage area, the hold 2 storage area, the hold 3 storage area, and the hold 4 storage. Digested in order of area (first-in first-out principle). Further, when the reserved ball information in the hold 1 storage area is digested, the hold ball information stored in the hold 2 storage area, the hold 3 storage area, and the hold 4 storage area is shifted to the lower numbered storage areas, respectively. The contents of the reserved 4 storage area are cleared to zero.

  Further, the special symbol hold control means 131 has a first special symbol hold ball number counter for counting the number of active reserved balls of the first special symbol, and a second special symbol for counting the number of active hold balls of the second special symbol. It has a symbol holding ball number counter. The special symbol hold control means 131 adds 1 to the corresponding counter each time one special reserved action ball is acquired as an update process of the number of special reserved action balls. Each time the corresponding counter is decremented by 1.

  Further, when the special symbol holding control means 131 updates (adds or subtracts) the number of active reserved balls of the first special symbol or the second special symbol, the effect control command ("symbol storage" This is temporarily stored in the command storage area of the main information storage means 180. This one command includes information on both the number of the operation reserved balls of the first special symbol and the number of the operation reserved balls of the second special symbol. In principle, the action-reserved balls of each special symbol are digested in the order of entry, but in this embodiment, the variable special symbol is displayed with priority over the first special symbol. In order to adopt so-called preferential digestion, while there is an operation reservation ball related to the second special symbol game, regardless of the presence of the operation reservation ball related to the first special symbol game, the operation reservation related to the second special symbol game It is configured to preferentially digest spheres. In addition, under this priority digestion, if there is an operation reservation ball of the second special symbol, even if there is an operation reservation ball of the first special symbol, the operation reservation ball of the first special symbol is digested. Will be put on hold.

  The normal symbol hold control means 132 is triggered by the entrance of the game ball to the operation gate 63, and is a random number value per normal symbol, a random symbol value per normal symbol, a normal symbol fluctuation pattern, which is a lottery random number value related to the normal symbol game. A random value is acquired, and the random value is managed as the operation reservation ball information of the normal symbol. The normal symbol holding control unit 132 stores the normal symbol operation holding ball information in the normal symbol holding storage area of the main information storage unit 180 in a form combined with the order of entering the holding balls up to a predetermined upper limit number (four). Memorize temporarily. Further, the normal symbol holding control means 132 has a normal symbol holding ball number counter for counting the number of normal reserved operation balls. The normal symbol hold control means 132 adds 1 to the corresponding counter each time one normal reserved actuated ball is acquired as the update processing of the number of held normal symbols of the active normal symbol. Each time the corresponding counter is decremented by 1.

The pre-determination unit 135 executes a pre-determination for a pre-reading notice when the operation holding ball having a special symbol is acquired at a predetermined pre-determination timing. As an example of the pre-determination timing, (1) when waiting for hitting and when the action holding ball of the first special symbol is acquired while the electric chew support function is not operating, (2) waiting for hitting and When the support holding ball of the second special symbol is acquired while the support function is operating, (3) When the operation holding ball of the second special symbol is acquired during the big hit or small hit, When you are satisfied. Specifically, the pre-determining means 135 reads out the random number value corresponding to the currently acquired operation holding ball from the first special symbol holding storage area or the second special symbol holding storage area of the main information storage means 180, and determines whether or not Pre-determination (pre-determined / unpredictable), symbol lottery pre-determination (design pre-determination), and variation pattern lottery pre-determination (variation pattern pre-determination) are sequentially executed. The pre-determination table used in each pre-determination is omitted in the drawing, but corresponds to the total number of random numbers in the same way as the lottery tables (special symbol success / failure lottery table, special symbol per symbol table, variation pattern table) described later. The area is divided into a plurality of areas, and a lottery ID is assigned to each area (number of determination values). As this lottery ID, a number indicating the result of prior determination (also referred to as “preliminary determination number”) is set. Then, the preliminary determination unit 135 sequentially generates an effect control command (referred to as a “preliminary determination command”) including information on the preliminary determination result (preliminary determination number) and stores this in the command storage area of the main information storage unit 180. Store.

  The special symbol lottery processing unit 140 includes a special symbol success / failure determination unit 141, a special symbol stop symbol determination unit 412, and a special symbol variation pattern determination unit 143. The special symbol lottery processing means 140, when the special symbol variation start condition is satisfied, the special symbol perturbation stored in the first storage area (hold 1 storage area) of the special symbol reservation storage area in the main information storage means 180 The numerical value, the random symbol value per special symbol, and the special symbol variation pattern random number value are read out and stored in the special symbol success / failure determination region, the special symbol determination region, and the special symbol variation pattern determination region of the main information storage unit 180, respectively. Here, “the special symbol variation start condition is satisfied” is, for example, (1) that there is no big hit or small hit, and (2) both the first special symbol and the second special symbol are waiting for fluctuation. (3) When all of the conditions of the operation holding ball exist in at least one of the first special symbol and the second special symbol are satisfied, and as a result, the special symbol can start to fluctuate. It is determined that the situation is not correct.

  The special symbol success / failure determination means 141 reads a random number value per special symbol from the special symbol success / failure determination area of the main information storage means 180 and executes the determination of the success / failure. Decide what to do. The result of this success / failure determination is temporarily stored in a special symbol determination flag of the main information storage means 180 (for example, big hit data “55H”, small hit data “33H”, loss data “00H”), and is used in subsequent processing. After that, it is cleared when the special symbol changes. The special symbol success / failure determination means 141 holds a special symbol success / failure lottery table which is referred to in the determination of success / failure.

  Here, FIG. 5 is a diagram schematically showing the special symbol winning / losing lottery table, where (A) is referred to in the normal state (low probability state), and (B) is referred to in the probability variation state (high probability state). The In this special symbol success / failure lottery table, random numbers per special symbol and judgment results of big hits, small hits, and losing are associated with each other, and the winning probabilities for big hits and small hits according to the associated random number range Is determined. As can be seen from FIG. 5, in the special symbol game winning / losing lottery, in the normal state (low probability state), only when the random value falls within the range of “0 to 163”, it is a big hit. On the other hand, in the probability variation state (high probability state), the range of the jackpot is expanded, and not only when the random number value falls within the range of “0 to 163” but also when it falls within the range of “164 to 1639”. Become. In other words, when the probability changing function of the special symbol is activated, the jackpot lottery probability changes from the low probability state (1 / 399.6) to the high probability state (1 / 39.96). As described above, the range corresponding to the jackpot changes according to the gaming state, but the winning probability of winning the jackpot is equal between the winning lottery of the first special symbol and the winning lottery of the second special symbol. Here, even if the random number value per special symbol does not correspond to the big hit range, if it falls within the predetermined range, it is a small hit. In this example, only the winning lottery of the first special symbol is configured to have a small win, but for example, a small hit is also provided in the winning lottery of the second special symbol, and the winning lottery of the second special symbol is determined. However, the winning lottery of the first special symbol may be configured to be a small hit with a high probability.

The special symbol stop symbol determination means 142 determines the stop symbol of the first special symbol or the second special symbol, and the symbol group to which the stop symbol belongs, based on the result of the first or second special symbol determination. To do. The special symbol stop symbol determination means 142 includes a first special symbol per symbol table that is referred to when determining a stop symbol and a symbol group of the first special symbol and the second special symbol when the result of the winning / failing lottery is a big hit, It has a symbol table per second special symbol.

  FIG. 6A is a diagram schematically showing an example of a symbol table per first special symbol. In the symbol table per first special symbol, the random number of symbols per special symbol, stop symbol, symbol group, jackpot contents (number of times the probability variation function and variation time reduction function of special symbols are activated, first grand prize) The operation patterns of the mouths 64) are associated with each other. The numerical value “100” in parentheses means the number of operations of the special symbol probability variation function and variation time reduction function, that is, the ST number. In this table, the stop symbols “1” to “8” of the first special symbol are classified into two types of symbol groups A and B according to the type of jackpot.

  Specifically, symbols “1”, “2”, “3”, “4” have symbol group A (16R specified short-time symbol), symbols “5”, “6” have symbol group B. (8R specified short-lived symbol) is associated with symbols “7” and “8”, respectively, with symbol group C (2R specific short-lived symbol). In this embodiment, the “specific symbol” is a symbol that activates the probability variation function after the end of the special game, and the “normal symbol” refers to that the probability variation function is activated after the end of the special game. There is no symbol (the same applies to the second special symbol described later).

  Symbol groups A and B are specific symbols indicating so-called “probable hits” in which the gaming state after the end of a special game is shifted to a probable change state (high probability state), and the special symbol variation count is a big hit within the ST count A special symbol probability variation function, variation time reduction function, and electric chew support function are provided only until the next big hit occurs within the number of STs. Will be. For the symbol group A, the specified number of rounds for the special game is 16 rounds, and the maximum opening time of the first big prize opening 64 in one round game is about 30 seconds. For the symbol group B, the specified number of rounds in the special game is 8 rounds, and the maximum opening time of the first big prize opening 64 in one round game is about 30 seconds.

  In the symbol group C, the number of times and the opening time of the first big prize opening 64 are different from the above “probability hit”, but the gaming state after the end of the special game is changed to the probability changing state of the special symbol (high probability state) It is a specific symbol indicating a so-called “sudden probability change hit” to be transferred, and the next big hit occurs within the ST count until the special symbol fluctuation count ends without generating a big hit within the ST count. In the meantime, a special symbol probability variation function, a variation time shortening function, and an electric chew support function are provided. The specified number of rounds for the special game is two rounds, and the maximum opening time of the first big prize opening 64 in one round game is about 0.05 seconds.

  On the other hand, when the result of the lottery determination is a small hit, the symbol determination by the random number per special symbol is omitted, and the symbol “9” is uniquely assigned as the stop symbol. The symbol “9” is associated with the symbol group F (special electric operation symbol 1). In the case of small hits, the game state (probability variation function, variation time shortening function, electric chew support function) and variation pattern selection state will not be triggered, and the game state is maintained before and after the winning lottery. Is done. In addition, when the result of the lottery determination is out of place, the symbol “0” is uniquely assigned as the stop symbol.

Subsequently, FIG. 6B is a diagram schematically showing an example of a symbol table per second special symbol. In the symbol table per second special symbol, the random symbol value per special symbol is the stop symbol, symbol group, jackpot content (number of times the probability variation function and variation time reduction function of the special symbol are activated, the second grand prize) The operation patterns of the mouths 65) are associated with each other. In this table, the stop symbols “11” to “18” of the second special symbol are classified into two types of symbol groups D and E according to the type of jackpot. Specifically, symbols “11”, “12”, “13”, and “14” include symbols “15”, “16”, “17”, “ 18 "
Each is associated with a symbol group E (8R specific short time symbol).

  The symbol groups D and E are specific symbols indicating so-called “probable hits” in which the gaming state after the end of the special game is shifted to a probable change state (high probability state). A special symbol probability variation function, variation time reduction function, and electric chew support function are provided only until the next big hit occurs within the number of STs. Will be. For the symbol group D, the specified number of rounds in the special game is 16 rounds, and the maximum opening time of the second big prize opening 65 in one round game is about 30 seconds. For the symbol group E, the specified number of rounds in the special game is 8 rounds, and the maximum opening time of the second big prize opening 65 in one round game is about 30 seconds.

  On the other hand, if the result of the lottery is a small hit, the symbol determination by the random number per special symbol is omitted, and the symbol “19” is uniquely assigned as the stop symbol. The symbol “19” is associated with the symbol group G (special electric operation symbol 2). In the case of small hits, the game state (probability variation function, variation time shortening function, electric chew support function) and variation pattern selection state will not be triggered, and the game state is maintained before and after the winning lottery. Is done. In addition, when the result of the lottery determination is out of place, the symbol “0” is uniquely assigned as the stop symbol.

  In the present embodiment, as described above, there are three types of big hit types: 16R big hit (16R specific time short symbol), 8R big hit (8R specific short symbol) and 2R big hit (2R specific short symbol). ing. The expected value for winning a prize ball in the special game (expected value for winning a prize ball) is 16R big hit> 8R big hit> 2R big hit. Therefore, hereinafter, the 16R jackpot is also referred to as a “high profit jackpot” having the highest prize ball winning expectation value, and the 2R jackpot is also referred to as a “low profit jackpot” having the lowest prize ball winning expectation value. In addition, even if the same number of execution rounds, when a long open unit game (30 seconds) and a short open unit game (0.05 seconds) are mixed, the big hit with many long open unit games is “high” "Large profit". Specifically, special games that have a common number of execution rounds, such as unifying the number of execution rounds to 16 rounds, may include special games that change so that the mode of unit games differs in a predetermined round, In that case, a special game of a type consisting only of short opening unit games in which the opening times of the big winning openings 64 and 65 are relatively short, and the opening times of the big winning openings 64 and 65 after a predetermined number of execution rounds are relative. Special long-open unit games may be included, and the latter constitutes a “high profit jackpot”. Further, even if the same number of execution rounds is a big hit, the substantial profit, that is, the expected value for winning a winning ball may be different depending on the difference in the big winning opening opening pattern.

Here, as can be seen from the above description, when a big win is won in the first special symbol winning lottery, 16R big hit is selected with a probability of 50%, whereas the second special symbol is positive or negative. In the case of a big hit in the lottery, a 16R big hit is selected with a probability of 75%, so that the player who wins the second starting port 62 wins more balls than the first starting port 61. It is advantageous to the player in that it can be acquired. In this example, a special game that opens and closes the first big winning opening 64 is executed when the first special symbol wins or fails, and the second special symbol wins or loses A special game for opening and closing the two large winning holes 65 is to be executed. However, the present invention is not limited to this, and the second special winning hole 65 when the first special symbol is determined to be a big hit. A special game that opens and closes the first special winning opening 64 may be executed when the second special symbol is determined to be a big hit. Also, in this case, a special game for opening and closing the second big prize opening 65 is executed in the case of a big win in the second special symbol success / failure determination than in the case of a big hit in the first special symbol success / failure determination. You may raise the ratio done. At this time, it may be set such that the player is more advantageous to enter the second grand prize opening 65 than to enter the first grand prize opening 64, for example, per round. May be set so that the number of winning balls is high, the expected value of winning balls is high, the number of winning balls per ball is large, and the ease of entering is high. Further, even when there are a plurality of jackpots with special games of the same number of rounds, the substantial profit (expected value for winning a winning ball) may be different depending on the opening pattern of the big winning opening. The count number (regular count number) is the maximum number of game balls that can be entered into the big winning openings 64 and 65 in a unit game.

  The special symbol variation pattern determining means 143 determines the variation pattern of the special symbol based on the special symbol variation pattern random number value. Here, as shown in FIGS. 7 and 8, the special symbol variation pattern determination means 143 holds a plurality of types of variation pattern tables that are referred to when selecting a variation pattern of the special symbol. The special symbol variation pattern determination unit 143 selects one variation pattern table from among a plurality of types of variation pattern tables based on the current variation pattern selection state and the result of the lottery determination. The relationship between the variation pattern selection state and the variation pattern table will be described later. Each variation pattern table defines a plurality of types of variation patterns. In each figure, “selection rate” is shown for convenience of explanation, but in actuality, a decision value (range of random values) for determining the fluctuation pattern is set according to the special symbol fluctuation pattern random value. The variation pattern is determined based on which determination value the variation pattern random value belongs to. As for the various variation patterns, the variation time is determined for each variation pattern as an end condition of the symbol variation, and it is assumed that the symbol variation by the decorative symbol composed of multiple symbols is also executed at the variation time. Is defined as In this example, for convenience of explanation, only a plurality of types of variation patterns will be described as an example, but actually there are more than 100 types of variation patterns.

  FIG. 7A is a diagram schematically illustrating an example of a variation pattern table for big hits / small hits. The upper (A1) is a normal variation pattern table, the middle (A2) is a probability variation pattern table, and the lower (A3) is a special variation pattern table. In this example, the selected variation pattern is set to be different according to the variation pattern selection state or according to the jackpot type even in the same variation pattern selection state.

  In the normal fluctuation pattern table (A1), when the big hit type is 16R big hit, either the fluctuation pattern PX2 (normal reach A) or the fluctuation pattern PX3 (super reach A) is selected, and if the big hit type is 8R big hit, the fluctuation Either the pattern PY2 (normal reach A) or the fluctuation pattern PY3 (super reach A) is selected. On the other hand, in the case of 2R big hit or small hit, either the fluctuation pattern PZ2 (normal reach A) or the fluctuation pattern PZ4 (super reach D) is selected. In this normal variation pattern table for big hits / small hits, non-reach variation patterns are not selected, and only the reach variation pattern is selected when a big or small hit is made in a normal state. obtain.

  In the probability variation pattern table (A2), when the big hit type is 16R big hit or 8R big hit, only the fluctuation pattern PX7 (super reach B) is selected. On the other hand, in the case of 2R big hit or small hit, either the fluctuation pattern PZ6 (normal reach B) or the fluctuation pattern PZ8 (super reach D) is selected. In this probability variation pattern table for big hits / small hits, non-reach variation patterns are not selected, and if a big hit or small hit is made in a special symbol probability variation state, only the reach variation pattern Can be selected.

In the special variation pattern table (A3), when the big hit type is 16R big hit, only the fluctuation pattern PX9 (non-reach C) is selected, and when the big hit type is 8R big hit, only the fluctuation pattern PY10 (super reach C) is selected. Is done. . On the other hand, in the case of 2R big hit or small hit, only the fluctuation pattern PZ10 (super reach C) is selected. Here, while the variation pattern PX9 of the non-reach C mode is configured as a very short variation time (2 seconds),
The variation pattern PY10, PZ10 of the super reach C mode is configured as a relatively long variation time (120 seconds).

  FIG. 7B is a diagram schematically illustrating an example of a variation pattern table for loss. The upper (B1) is a normal variation pattern table, the middle (B2) is a probability variation pattern table, and the lower (B3) is a special variation pattern table. In this example, the selected variation pattern is set differently depending on the variation pattern selection state.

  In the normal variation pattern table (B1), any one of the variation pattern PH1 (non-reach A), the variation pattern PH2 (normal reach A), the variation pattern PH3 (super reach A), and the variation pattern PH4 (super reach D) is selected. . In the probability variation pattern table (B2), any one of the variation pattern PH5 (non-reach B), the variation pattern PH6 (normal reach B), the variation pattern PH7 (super reach B), and the variation pattern PH8 (super reach D) is selected. . In the special variation pattern table (B3), only the variation pattern PH9 (non-reach C) is selected. Here, the variation pattern PH9 in the non-reach C mode is configured as a very short variation time (2 seconds).

  In the above description, the variation pattern table for deviation is expressed as a single table in any case. However, when the result of the lottery decision is lost, the number of reserved balls for special symbols ( Different variation pattern tables may be selected depending on 0-4). That is, by using a variation pattern table according to the number of reserved balls for special symbols, the proportion of relatively short variation times is increased as the number of activated balls is increased, and the number of reserved operations is small. As a result, a relatively long variation time can be selected.

  The special symbol variation pattern determining means 143 selects the special symbol variation pattern, and then instructs the production control board 200 to start the variation of the decorative symbol. (Referred to as “variation pattern designation command”), special design (design group) and production control commands (referred to as “design designation commands”) including information on the gaming state, etc. This is referred to as a “variation start command”), and this is stored in the command storage area of the main information storage means 180.

  The normal symbol lottery processing unit 145 includes a normal symbol success / failure determination unit 146, a normal symbol stop symbol determination unit 147, and a normal symbol variation pattern determination unit 148. When the normal symbol variation start condition is satisfied, the normal symbol lottery processing means 145 reads the random value per normal symbol and the normal symbol variation pattern random value stored in the first storage area in the normal symbol holding storage area, They are stored in the normal symbol success / failure determination area and the normal symbol variation pattern determination area of the main information storage unit 180, respectively.

  The normal symbol success / failure determination unit 146 reads out a random value per normal symbol from the normal symbol success / failure determination region of the main information storage unit 180 and executes the determination of success / failure. decide. The result of this lottery lottery is temporarily stored in the normal symbol determination flag of the main information storage unit 180, and after being used in the subsequent processing, it is cleared when the variation of the normal symbol is stopped. The normal symbol success / failure determination means 146 holds a normal symbol success / failure lottery table which is referred to at the time of the success / failure lottery. In the normal state (low probability state), for example, the normal symbol hit / decision unit 146 Referring to the symbol winning / losing lottery table, in the probability variation state (high probability state) of the normal symbol, for example, referring to the normal symbol winning / losing lottery table with a probability of “282/283”, the normal symbol winning / losing lottery is executed. To do.

The normal symbol stop symbol determination means 147 refers to the symbol lottery table and assigns a predetermined winning symbol when the result of the winning / failing lottery is a win, and allocates a predetermined off symbol when the result is wrong. It has become.

  The normal symbol variation pattern determination unit 148 reads the normal symbol variation pattern random number value from the normal symbol variation pattern determination area of the main information storage unit 180, and refers to the normal symbol variation pattern table to display the variation display of the normal symbol in the normal state. In, a relatively long variation time is selected (for example, seven types of “4 seconds, 5 seconds, 6 seconds, 7 seconds, 8 seconds, 9 seconds, and 10 seconds” are uniformly selected). On the other hand, a relatively short variation time (for example, “0.5 seconds”) is selected in the short time state (easy entry state) of the normal symbol.

  The special game control means 150 relates to the start demonstration effect and the end demonstration effect that are displayed on the effect display device 70 or the like during the special game according to the determined type of jackpot when the result of the winning / losing lottery is a jackpot Determine the demonstration performance time. Also, the special game control means 150 provides an effect control command (referred to as a “hit start demo command”) for instructing execution of the start demo effect to the effect control board 200 side, and an effect for instructing execution of the end demo effect. A control command (referred to as “big hit end demo command”) is generated and stored in the command storage area of the main information storage means 180. Note that the jackpot start demo command also serves as an opportunity to determine the contents of a series of jackpot effects (start demo effect, round effect, end demo effect) developed during the special game on the effect control board 200 side. The special game control means 150 generates an effect control command (referred to as a “round effect designation command”) for instructing the start of a round effect corresponding to each round game in each round game during the special game. This is stored in the command storage area of the main information storage means 180. This round effect designation command includes information on the current number of rounds, information on detection of the big prize opening switches 641, 651, and the like.

  In addition, when the result of the lottery is a small hit, the special game control means 150 calculates the demonstration performance time related to the small hit start demonstration effect and the small hit end demonstration effect displayed on the effect display device 70 or the like during the small hit game. decide. The special game control means 150 also provides an effect control command (“small hit start demo command”) for instructing execution of a small hit start demo effect and an effect control command (“small hit for start of a small hit end demo effect). An end demo command ") is generated and stored in the command storage area of the main information storage means 180.

  The symbol display control means 155 includes a special symbol display control means 156 and a normal symbol display control means 157. The special symbol display control means 156 displays the first special symbol on the first special symbol display device 71 according to the variation pattern (variation time) of the first special symbol, and confirms and displays the first special symbol after the variation display. Let Further, the special symbol display control means 156 displays the second special symbol on the second special symbol display device 72 in accordance with the variation pattern (variation time) of the second special symbol, and displays the second special symbol after the variation display. Confirm display. The special symbol display control means 156 has a special symbol game timer for managing the time (variation time, fixed display time) related to the display of the first special symbol and the second special symbol. The operating states of the first special symbol display device 71 and the second special symbol display device 72 are monitored based on the special symbol game status in the main information storage means 180. The special symbol display control means 156 requests the effect control board 200 to confirm the display of the decorative symbol when the variation of the special symbol is stopped (that is, when the value of the special symbol game timer becomes “0”). An effect control command (referred to as “variation stop command”) is generated. The normal symbol display control means 157 variably displays the normal symbol on the normal symbol display device 75 in accordance with the variation pattern (variation time) of the ordinary symbol, and displays the regular symbol after the variation display. The normal symbol display control means 157 has a normal symbol game timer for managing the time (variation time, fixed display time) related to the display of the normal symbol. The operating state of the normal symbol display device 75 is monitored based on the normal symbol game status of the main information storage means 180.

  If the result of the special symbol winning / losing lottery is a big win, the electric accessory control means 160 outputs a control signal to the special electric accessory solenoids 643 and 653 as a special game process after the special symbol is confirmed and displayed. The electric accessories 642, 652 are opened according to a predetermined operation pattern. In the special game, one opening / closing operation of the special electric accessory 642, 652 is set as one round game, and the round game is continuously executed for the specified number of rounds (16R, 8R, 2R in this example). It is. The electric accessory control means 160 holds a special winning opening opening counter for storing the number of operations of the special electric accessories 642 and 652 (that is, the number of rounds being executed). Here, when the type of jackpot is a so-called 16R jackpot (symbol group A, D) or 8R jackpot (symbol group B, E), the first grand prize port 64 or the second grand prize port in one round game. 65 is opened for a maximum of about 30 seconds. On the other hand, when the big hit type is so-called 2R big hit (symbol group C), the first big winning opening 64 is opened for about 0.05 seconds at the maximum in one round game. Here, the closing condition of the special winning openings 64 and 65 in the special game (unit game ending condition) is a lapse of a winning period for a predetermined number of game balls or a predetermined number of seconds.

  In addition, when the result of the special symbol winning lottery is a small hit, the electric accessory control means 160 sends a control signal to the special electric accessory solenoids 643 and 653 as a small hit game process after the special symbol is determined and displayed. Output, and the special electric accessories 642 and 653 are opened for a short period of time. The small hit game is composed of one round game, and is distinguished from a special game composed of a plurality of round games. Here, when the 2R special game and the small hit game described above are compared, although they are internally different, the point of the same opening / closing time (0.05 seconds) and the number of times of opening / closing are the same (the former is Since one opening and closing per round is twice in two rounds, and the latter is common in two opening and closing per round twice, a game with an approximate opening time / opening pattern is developed.

  In addition, when the winning combination of normal symbols is won, the electric accessory control means 160 outputs a control signal to the ordinary electric accessory solenoid 623 to open the ordinary electric accessory 622 for a predetermined opening time. Here, the electric accessory control means 160 opens the ordinary electric accessory 622 for an extremely short time (for example, 0.2 seconds) in the normal state, whereas it is normally electric in the easy to enter state (electric chew support state). The accessory 622 is opened for a relatively long time (for example, 4 seconds) compared to the normal state.

The game state control means 165 determines the game state after the special game and determines the game state after the special game based on the type of the symbol group related to the jackpot when the result of the special symbol winning / losing lottery is a jackpot. Switch. In the present embodiment, as described above, since it is a so-called ST machine with a number cut, the game state after the special game has a predetermined number of end times, that is, the ST number of times, when the special symbol variation counts from the end of the special game. Until it reaches, the probability variation state of the special symbol continues (however, when the next big hit occurs within the ST number, the probability variation state of the special symbol ends with the variation). When the small hit is made during the ST period, the ST number is not reset (revived) to 0, and the ST number is continuously counted before and after the small hit occurs. In the present embodiment, the ST number is set to 100 times, but it is needless to say that the ST number may be set to another number. If the gaming state shifts to the special symbol probability changing state, the special symbol time changing state and the easy entry state will be entered at the same time. Easy state continues. At this time, in the probability variation state of the special symbol, the big win lottery probability is changed from a normal low probability to a high probability, and a high probability state advantageous to the normal gaming state is obtained. In the short time state of the special symbol, the average variation time of the special symbol is shortened. The easy entry state (electric chew support state) is activated by the normal symbol probability variation function, the normal symbol variation time shortening function, and the ordinary electric accessory opening time extension function. This is a state where the ease of entering the ball is enhanced. When the normal symbol probability changing function is activated, the normal symbol winning probability is higher than the normal state. When the normal symbol variation time shortening function is activated, the normal symbol variation time is reduced. When the opening time extension function of the ordinary electric accessory 622 is activated, the opening time of the ordinary electric accessory 622 becomes longer than the normal state. If the result of the special symbol winning lottery is a big hit, regardless of whether the game state before the big hit is the normal state or the probable change state, the special state is the normal state and after the special game the ST The number of times is limited and the probability is changed uniformly. On the other hand, if the result of the special symbol winning / losing lottery is a small hit, if the game state before the small hit is the normal state, the game state during the small hit game and after the small hit game is also in the normal state. In addition, when the gaming state before the small hit is the special symbol probability changing state, the gaming state during the small hit game and after the small hit game is also the special symbol probability changing state.

  Further, the game state control means 165 determines the variation pattern selection state after the special game based on the type of the big hit (types of the symbol groups A to E) when the result of the lottery is a big hit, and the special lottery Switch the variation pattern selection state after the game. The variation pattern selection state is one of the conditions referred to when selecting the above variation pattern table. The switching timing of the variation pattern selection state is when the special game ends or when the end number of times of the variation pattern selection state has expired. In the present embodiment, there are three types of variation pattern selection states, such as “low probability normal variation state α”, “high probability reduced variation state β”, and “high probability special variation state γ”. Here, the low probability normal variation state α refers to a normal pattern variation pattern (A1, B1 in FIG. 7) selected when the gaming state is a normal state (low probability state). This is the state to be determined. The high probability shortening variation state β refers to a probability variation pattern table (A2, B2 in FIG. 7) selected when the gaming state is a probability variation state of a special symbol (excluding a limited period described later). This is a state in which the variation pattern is determined. The high probability special variation state γ is a state in which the game state is a probable variation state of a special symbol and the number of symbol variations corresponding to a certain period immediately after the end of the special game (the maximum number (4) of action-pending balls of the second special symbol) In a state in which the variation pattern of the special symbol is determined with reference to the special variation pattern table (A3 and B3 in FIG. 7) that is allowed to be selected only (period of the (four times) variation display: referred to as “limited period”). is there. In the present embodiment, regardless of which of the symbol groups A to D is selected, the variation pattern selection state is (1) immediately after the end of the special game, and the high probability special variation state γ only for a limited period of four symbol variation times. Stay, (2) after the limited period, and when the number of executions is within the ST number (100 times), stay in the high probability shortening variation state β, and (3) after the end of the ST number, The number of executions stays in the low probability normal fluctuation state γ after the 101st time. Of course, the period until the first hit occurs stays in the low probability normal fluctuation state α. The gaming state control means 165 generates an effect control command (referred to as “gaming state designation command”) including the current gaming state information and variation pattern selection state information, and stores this command in the main information storage means 180. Store in the area.

  The error monitoring control unit 170 monitors input information of the I / O port circuit 104 and inspects a magnetic detection signal by a magnetic sensor, a disconnection short circuit power supply abnormality signal, a radio wave detection signal by a radio wave sensor, a door / frame opening signal, and the like. Then, it is determined whether or not the gaming machine is in an error state. If it is in an error state, an effect control command including the error information (“error effect designation command”) is requested to indicate an error state effect to the effect control board 200. Although not shown in FIG. 3, the door opening switch is a detecting unit for detecting whether or not the glass frame 5 is opened, and the frame opening switch is a detecting unit for detecting whether or not the front frame 2 is opened. The back set release switch is a detecting means for determining whether or not the back set board 30 is open. Further, the magnetic sensor and the radio wave sensor are detection means for detecting a so-called goto action.

The main information storage means 180 stores random number value information acquired in special symbol games and normal symbol games, operation holding ball information of special symbols and normal symbols, game states related to special symbol games and normal symbol games (probability change state, time reduction state, Information on easy entry), information on variation pattern selection status, result information on winning / failing lottery (win, small hit, off), information on stop and variation patterns on special symbols and regular symbols, information on special games (round) Number, release time, release mode (number of releases per round game), etc.), status information indicating the operating state of the special symbol display devices 71 and 72, status information indicating the operating state of the special electric accessory 642, production control command It is configured to temporarily store data information and the like, and has a predetermined storage area for storing each information.

  The command transmission / reception means 190 is configured to transmit various effect control command data stored in the command storage area of the main information storage means 180 to the effect control board 200 by a parallel transmission method when a command transmission request is made. Has been. Each effect control command has a 2-byte configuration including 1-byte MODE data and 1-byte EVENT data. Bit 7 of the MOD data is “1” to distinguish MODE and EVENT. Bit 7 of the EVENT data is “0”. When these pieces of information are transmitted as valid, a strobe signal is output to each of MODE and EVENT. In principle, the effect control command generated in each process is transmitted for each interrupt cycle in accordance with the order set in the command storage area of the main information storage unit 180.

  As shown in FIG. 4, the effect control board 200 includes an effect lottery random number generation means 210, an effect control means 220, a lamp effect control means 230, an accessory effect control means 240, an error effect control means 250, and a sub-main information storage means 260. , Command transmission / reception means 270. Note that each of the above-described units in the effect control board 200 is configured by sub-main CPU 201, ROM 202, RAM 203, hardware such as an electronic circuit arranged on the effect control board 200, and software such as a control program stored in the ROM 202. Is a functional representation of things.

  The effect lottery random number generation unit 210 includes a random number counter for generating various software random numbers (effect lottery random numbers) by the program processing of the sub main CPU 201. These random number counters serve as random number generation means for generating random numbers in software. This software random number includes the prefetching notice lottery random number used for the lottery of whether or not the prefetching notice effect can be executed, the prefetching notice pattern random number used for selecting the prefetching notice pattern, the decoration design random number used for selecting the stop pattern of the decoration design, the decoration Fluctuation effect pattern random number used for selection of design variation effect pattern, notice effect pattern random number used for selection of notice effect pattern, jackpot effect pattern random number used for selection of jackpot effect pattern, whether or not to execute execution of rendezvous villa effect The lotus lottery lottery random number used for lottery, the lotus lotus production pattern random number used for selection of the lotus hall production pattern of the on-hold Renzo production, etc. are included. The update time of these random numbers is updated using the remaining time when the command analysis is not performed in the production control side main process described later.

  The effect supervising means 220 includes an effect mode control means 221, a hold information display control means 222, a prefetch notice control means 223, a decorative symbol determination means 224, a variable effect determination means 225, a notice effect determination means 226, and a big hit effect determination means 227. Including.

The holding information display control means 222 includes a first reserved ball number counter for counting the number of activated reserved balls of the first special symbol, and a second reserved ball number counter for counting the number of activated reserved balls of the second special symbol. Have. When the holding information display control means 222 receives the symbol storage number command from the main control board 100, the first holding ball number counter and the second holding ball are based on the information of the operation holding ball number included in the symbol storage number command. Update the value of the number counter. In addition, the hold information display control unit 222 applies the action hold ball of the first special symbol to the hold display portions 701 and 702 of the effect display device 70 based on the values of the first hold ball number counter and the second hold ball number counter. Control is performed to display the number of reserved images corresponding to the number and the number of reserved images corresponding to the number of active reserved balls of the second special symbol. In the normal display mode, when a special design operation holding ball is generated, a white display hold image is displayed. On the other hand, when a hold change pre-reading notice effect described below is executed, it becomes a target of a pre-reading notice. The reserved image can take any one of “blue”, “green”, “red”, and “rainbow” as a special display mode (display color) from “white” of the normal display mode (display color) . The above four special display modes are related to the reliability that the lottery result is a big hit (referred to as “big hit reliability”), and are “blue”, “green”, “red”, “rainbow” The jackpot reliability is set to be higher step by step. In this example, when the reserved image changes to “rainbow”, the big hit is deterministic in the pre-reading operation holding ball. Note that, in the hold change prefetch notice effect, the change in the display mode of the hold image may be expressed by a shape, a pattern, or the like instead of the display color.

  The prefetch notice control means 223 determines whether or not the prefetch notice can be executed by a lottery when the predetermination command is received from the main control board 100. The pre-reading notice control means 223 distinguishes the information of the first special symbol pre-determined result and the information of the second special symbol pre-determined result, and enters each of up to a predetermined upper limit number (4) of the operation holding balls. The information is temporarily stored in the pre-read information storage area of the sub-main information storage means 260 in a form combined with the order. This pre-read information storage area has the same configuration as the reserved storage area of the main control board 100, and in the order of entering the starting ports 61 and 62, the reserved 1 storage area (first reserved storage area), A hold 2 storage area (second hold storage area), a hold 3 storage area (third hold storage area), and a hold 4 storage area (fourth hold storage area) are provided. Each reserved storage area can store information on the result of prior determination, information on the design prior determination result, and information on the variation pattern prior determination result as a set.

  When the prefetching notice control means 223 determines whether or not the prefetching notice can be executed, the prefetching notice control means 223 makes a prefetching judgment (“prefetching judgment”) for the operation holding ball that is the target of the prefetching notice based on the prejudgment result by the main control board 100. (Also called). In the present embodiment, the prefetching notice includes a normal prefetching notice and a special prefetching notice (a later-described on-hold consecutive villa effect). Usually, the pre-reading notice is generated as one aspect of a so-called continuous notice effect that predicts the possibility of a big win or reach effect over a plurality of continuous display of decorative symbols. When it is determined that the pre-reading notice effect (continuous notice effect) can be executed, information on the pre-determining command from the main control board 100 (pre-judgment result) and information on the symbol memory number command (the number of currently operating suspended balls) are obtained. Analyzing, a pre-reading notice effect pattern over a plurality of continuous variable displays is determined by lottery for an operation holding ball (referred to as “trigger hold”) that triggers the occurrence of the current pre-reading notice effect. Note that the normal look-ahead notice includes various variations such as a pending change look-ahead notice effect, a chance eye look-ahead notice effect, and a background change look-ahead notice effect. On the other hand, the special look-ahead notice corresponds to a reserved-in-village production that suggests or informs that there is a possibility that there is an operation holding ball that becomes a big hit when the big hit is won. Hereinafter, an outline of the “reserved in-resort villa production” is described.

  First, the “holding renrenso” means that, when a success / failure determination result is obtained when a certain operation holding ball has been digested, the winning / failing determination related to the operation holding ball is permitted until the end of the special game. This means that there is an operation holding ball (also referred to as “specific holding”) that is expected to be a big hit in one or more subsequent operation holding balls that exist at a predetermined timing within a specific period. In the following, among the subsequent operation holding balls, the operation holding balls that are expected to be out of play are also referred to as “out of hold”, and the operation holding balls that are expected to be in a small hit are also referred to as “small hit holding”. .

In the present embodiment, so-called preferential digestion is adopted, in which the operation reservation ball of the second special symbol is preferentially digested over the operation reservation ball of the first special symbol, and the subsequent operation that is the target of the in-hold extension resort As the holding ball (specific holding), the operation holding ball of the second special symbol is targeted. Thus, in this embodiment, since the preferential digestion which preferentially digests the operation reservation ball of the 2nd special symbol is adopted in this embodiment, the reservation in the retreat in the reservation when the previous operation reservation ball is won by the big hit It occurs on the assumption that the gaming state is a specific gaming state. The “specific game state” is a state in which the probability of transition to a special game is higher than the normal state, and is at least one of a special symbol probability variation function, a special symbol variation time reduction function, and an electric chew support function. This is a state in which the function is activated. In this example, it is a condition that at least the electric chew support function (the easy entry state) is activated as the specific gaming state. Here, in this embodiment, during the ST period after the end of the special game, the probability variation function, the variation time shortening function, and the electric chew support function operate (the operation starts simultaneously and the operation ends simultaneously). Since it is configured, it can be said that it is always in a specific gaming state during the ST period. . In this embodiment, when the gaming state is the normal state, if the result of the determination is a probable big hit (when the special game is finished, the situation is shifted to the specific gaming state), the subsequent Even if there is a specific hold in the operation hold ball, it is configured so that a hold-in-ream zone effect does not occur during the special game.

  Subsequently, the “reserved-in-ream resort production” is an effect for suggesting or notifying that it is a reserved-in-ream resort. In this on-hold renso production, there are a first on-hold renso production (referred to as “on-hold renso production A”) that occurs during symbol variation and a second on-hold renso production that occurs during special games. Production (referred to as “reserved in-rensou production B”) is included. In addition, in this embodiment, although both the 1st on-hold consecutive villa production and the 2nd on-hold consecutive villa production are provided, you may provide either one of the on-hold consecutive villa production. .

  Whether or not the on-hold consecutive resort effect A can be executed is determined by lottery when the first execution condition is satisfied at the timing when the preceding operation holding ball is digested. In the present embodiment, it is assumed that the preceding operation holding ball becomes a high profit big hit (16R big hit), and the specific hold that becomes the high profit big hit (16R big hit) in the subsequent operation holding ball is the first specific hold. If included, the first execution condition is satisfied. In other words, even if there is a specific hold (scheduled to be a big hit) in the subsequent operation hold, if the big hit type related to the specific hold is not a high profit big hit, Not executed. Furthermore, “In the situation where there are multiple specific holds in the subsequent operation hold, the jackpot type related to the first specific hold is not a high profit jackpot, and the jackpot type related to the next specific hold is a high profit jackpot. Even in the case, the on-hold consecutive resort production A is not executed. Therefore, in this example, when the on-hold extended villa production A occurs, it becomes deterministic to perform the on-hold extended villa with a high profit big hit (16R big hit). Even if a specific hold that becomes a high profit big hit (16R big hit) is included as the earliest specific hold in the subsequent operation hold ball, the hold scheduled to be digested before that specific hold is “lost. However, if it is a specific fluctuation pattern (if it is a fluctuation pattern of a predetermined time or longer, for example, a fluctuation pattern other than the shortest fluctuation time or a fluctuation pattern related to reach) is planned to be selected " It is good also as a structure which does not perform A.

Whether or not the on-hold consecutive resort production B can be executed is determined by lottery when the second execution condition is satisfied at the timing before the start of the special game. In the present embodiment, it is assumed that the preceding operation holding ball becomes a high profit big hit (16R big hit), and in addition to the case where the specific holding is included in the subsequent operation holding ball, all the subsequent operation holding balls are held off. Even in this case, it is assumed that the second execution condition is satisfied. Therefore, even if the on-hold consecutive villa production B occurs, it may not be determined that it is the on-hold consecutive villa production, and a so-called gasse production may occur. Similarly to the on-hold consecutive villa production A, when the on-hold consecutive villa production B occurs, a configuration in which the on-hold consecutive villa production becomes definite may be adopted. Similarly to the on-hold consecutive villa production A, when the on-hold consecutive villa production B occurs, a configuration in which the on-hold consecutive villa production becomes definite may be adopted. Also, in the in-holding Renren production B, similarly to the in-holding Renren production A, it is assumed that the preceding operation holding ball becomes a high profit big hit (16R big hit), and the high profit in the subsequent operation holding ball is obtained. The second execution condition may be satisfied when a specific hold that is a big hit (16R big hit) is included as the first specific hold. In other words, even if there is a specific hold (scheduled to be a big hit) in the subsequent operation hold, if the big hit type related to the specific hold is not a high profit big hit, Not executed. Furthermore, “In the situation where there are multiple specific holds in the subsequent operation hold, the jackpot type related to the first specific hold is not a high profit jackpot, and the jackpot type related to the next specific hold is a high profit jackpot. Even in the case, the on-hold consecutive resort production B is not executed. Therefore, in this case, when the on-hold extended resort production B occurs, it is definite to perform the on-hold extended resort with a high profit big hit (16R big hit). Even if a specific hold that becomes a high profit big hit (16R big hit) is included as the earliest specific hold in the subsequent operation hold ball, the hold scheduled to be digested before that specific hold is “lost. However, if it is a specific fluctuation pattern (if it is a fluctuation pattern of a predetermined time or longer, for example, a fluctuation pattern other than the shortest fluctuation time or a fluctuation pattern related to reach) is planned to be selected " It is good also as a structure which does not perform B.

  The prefetch notice control means 223 refers to the information of the predetermination result stored in the prefetch information storage area (hold 1 storage area, hold 2 storage area, hold 3 storage area, hold 4 storage area) of the sub-main information storage means 260. Then, the pre-reading determination is performed in the order of the hold 1 storage area → the hold 2 storage area → the hold 3 storage area → the hold 4 storage area, that is, in order from the earliest one of the subsequent operation hold balls. In the case where a plurality of specific holds are included in the operation hold ball, the prefetch determination of the on-hold extended game effect A only targets the first specific hold, while the pre-read determination of the on-hold extended game effect B Now, we will target multiple specific holds. That is, while the number of specific holds notified in the on-hold consecutive resort effect is always one, the number of specific holds notified in the on-hold extended resort effect B is not limited to one. There may be times.

  Subsequently, the content of the on-hold consecutive villa production (referred to as “renso production pattern”) is determined based on the continuous villa production pattern table. In this example, a plurality of types of consecutive-village effect pattern tables that are referred to when determining the consecutive-village effect pattern are held.

  FIG. 8A shows the extended villa production pattern table to be referred to when selecting the extended villa production pattern of the on-hold extended villa production A, and FIG. It is a consecutive resort production pattern table referred when doing. A plurality of types of consecutive-village effect patterns are defined in each consecutive-village effect pattern table, and the contents of the effects and the execution timing are determined corresponding to each consecutive-village effect pattern. In each figure, “selection rate” is shown for convenience of explanation, but in actuality, a determination value (range of random values) for determining the effect pattern is set according to the effect pattern random value. The effect pattern is determined based on which determination value the effect pattern random value belongs to. In the present embodiment, as shown in FIG. 8, effect images AX and BX are prepared as specific effect modes of the on-hold consecutive resort effect, but the “effect image” is composed of a still image. An effect image composed of both an effect image, an effect image composed of a moving image, and a still image and a moving image can be exemplified.

  As shown in FIG. 8 (A), in the effect pattern table of the on-hold consecutive resort effect A, a plurality of types of effect patterns PA1, PA2 are defined. When the consecutive-village effect pattern PA1 is selected, a special effect image “AX1” that does not appear in any scene other than the reserved consecutive-village effect during the decoration design change is displayed. As shown in FIG. 9A, as the effect image AX1, for example, an effect in which a shooting star crosses the screen during the variation of the decorative design is applicable. When the Renso production pattern P2 is selected, as shown in FIG. 9B, a special jackpot symbol “S. An effect in which “S / S” is determined and displayed is applicable.

  In addition, in this example, in the reserved in-rendition zone effect A, the preceding operating reservation ball becomes a high profit big hit (16R specific big hit), and the high profit big hit (16R specific big hit) in the subsequent operation holding ball. Occurs only when a specific hold is scheduled. Therefore, it is determined that high profit jackpots will continue at the time of the on-hold consecutive villa production A.

As shown in FIG. 8 (B), a plurality of types of effect patterns PB <b> 1 to PB <b> 9 are defined in the effect pattern table of the on-hold consecutive resort effect B. When the production pattern PB1 is selected, a special production image “BX1” that does not appear in any scene other than the on-hold Renren production is displayed during the start demonstration production. As shown in FIG. 9C, in the start demonstration effect, character information “bonus” is displayed as the effect image BX1. When the effect patterns PB2 to PB7 are selected, a special effect image “BX2” that does not appear in any scene other than the on-hold consecutive villa effect during the round effect is displayed. As shown in FIG. 9D, the effect image BX2 corresponds to, for example, an effect in which one image imitating a secret book appears in the screen. When the production pattern PB8 is selected, a special production image “BX3” that does not appear in any scene other than the on-hold Renren production is displayed during the round production. As shown in FIG. 9E, the effect image BX3 corresponds to, for example, an effect in which two images imitating a secret book appear in the screen. This effect pattern PB8 can be selected when there are a plurality of specific holds in the subsequent operation hold balls. When the production pattern PB9 is selected, a special production image “BX4” that does not appear in any scene other than the on-hold Renren production is displayed during the end demonstration production. As shown in FIG. 9 (F), in the end demonstration effect, character information “mystery tradition” is displayed as the effect image BX4.

  As described above, the on-hold consecutive villa production B occurs in any of the start demonstration production, the round production, and the demonstration end production in the series of the big hit production. In addition, the on-hold consecutive resort effect B may occur only once (single round) or may occur multiple times (multiple rounds) in multiple round effects. In addition, in this example, on-hold consecutive resort production B is a case where a specific hold is included in a subsequent operation hold ball on the premise that the preceding operation hold ball is a high profit big hit (16R specific big hit). In addition, it may occur even when a specific hold is not included in a subsequent operation hold ball (that is, only a hold off). That is, the production patterns PB1 and PB9 that are selected as the on-hold consecutive resort production B that occurs during the start demonstration production and the end demonstration production can be selected only when specific suspension (one piece) is included. For this reason, the production patterns PB2 to PB8 that are selected as the on-hold consecutive resort production B that occurs during the round production correspond to the production that informs the confirmation of the on-hold consecutive resort. 2), it can be selected not only when a specific reservation is included, but it corresponds to an effect that suggests the possibility of a suspended resort. Therefore, even if a mystery book (one or two) appears as the reservation-in-rensou production B, the reservation-in-rensou is not necessarily fixed, and when the reservation-in-rensou production B related to the mystery book occurs. In the following operation hold ball, there is a specific hold (when the notification of the on-hold consecutive villa is true) and there is no specific hold (when the notification of the on-hold consecutive resort is Gase) It can occur alternatively. In addition, the production patterns PB2 to PB7 selected as the on-hold consecutive resort production B that occurs during the round production can be selected when one specific hold is included or when no specific hold is included. Therefore, the effect image BX2 corresponding to this can notify only the possibility that one specific hold is included in the subsequent operation hold ball, whereas the effect pattern PB8 has a plurality of specific hold. Since it can be selected when it is included or when specific hold is not included, the effect image “BX3” corresponding to this indicates the possibility that a plurality of specific holds are included in the subsequent operation hold ball. It can be notified. That is, the number of specific holds included in the subsequent operation hold ball is suggested to the player in a form corresponding to the number of secret books.

In addition, when the on-hold extended game effect occurs, that is, when a big hit occurs in each of the preceding operation holding ball and the subsequent operation holding ball, a plurality of special games may occur in a short period of time. When scheduled, a special continuous effect for making these special game states appear as one special game state in appearance is generated. In other words, the special continuous effect is an effect that makes it appear as if the special game continues during the symbol variation effect, even though the special game has actually ended once and has shifted to the symbol variation effect. It is. In this example, for convenience of explanation, two jackpots are assumed as a plurality of jackpots. Here, the big hits and special games based on the preceding active holding balls are also referred to as “first big hits” and “first special games”, and the big hits and special games based on the subsequent active holding balls are called “subsequent big hits” and “after” It is also called “special game”.

  The special continuous performance is at least the end demonstration effect in the previous special game ("special end demonstration effect") and the symbol variation effect ("special symbol variation effect") that occurs between the previous special game and the later special game. ) And a start demonstration effect ("special start demonstration effect") in a later special game are continuously connected. Specifically, the special end demonstration production, the special symbol variation production, and the special start demonstration production are executed as a series of continuous productions, and the production has a consistent storyline in the production from the previous special game to the later special game. By using the contents, related production contents, or a series of moving image displays, it can be shown as one special game in which the previous special game and the subsequent special game are continued. For this reason, unlike the normal end demo performance, the special end demo performance at the big jackpot does not display a message to announce the end of the special game, and similarly, the special start demo performance at the subsequent big hit Then, unlike a normal start demonstration production, a message telling the start of a special game is not displayed. In addition, as the above-described modification, the special continuous effect is configured by continuously connecting the end demonstration effect in the previous special game and one or more symbol change effects until the symbol change effect related to the subsequent jackpot. It may be.

  In this example, the execution condition of the special continuous performance is that the previous jackpot is a high profit jackpot (16R specific jackpot) and the subsequent jackpot is a high profit jackpot (16R specific jackpot), that is, the preceding operation holding ball. Is that the 16R jackpot is included as the earliest specific hold in the subsequent operation hold ball. In addition, when the subsequent operation hold balls are all out of hold, or when the 8R big hit is included as the earliest specific hold in the subsequent operation hold balls, a special continuous effect is produced as a so-called “gasse effect”. End on the way.

  The special symbol variation effect constituting a part of the special continuous effect occurs within a limited period immediately after the end of the previous special game. Therefore, the content of the special symbol variation effect is based on a variation effect pattern (referred to as a “special variation effect pattern”) selected while staying in the special effect mode. In this example, the special variation effect pattern is selected only when the lottery result is 16R big hit or miss. That is, in this limited period, when the 16R big hit or lose, a special variation effect in which the variation time is set to 2 seconds shorter than the average variation time (the shortest variation time in this example) occurs. The special variation effect pattern is selected even in the case of a loss when the earliest specific hold (16R big hit) is not necessarily the earliest in the subsequent operation hold ball, and there is a gap hold between them. However, this is because it is necessary to connect with special variation effects until the first specific hold (16R big hit) is consumed. Specifically, on the main control board 100 side, there is a transition to the high probability special variation state γ within a limited period after the special game, and the special variation pattern table is referred to in selecting the variation pattern of the special symbol. In the special variation pattern table, when the 16R big hit or miss, special variation patterns PX9 and PH9 that both have a very short variation time (2 seconds) are selected. On the side of the effect control board 200, while staying in the special effect mode, the special change effect pattern is selected in association with the change patterns PX9 and PH9, and the special change effect is executed. The reason for configuring the special variation effect from the ultra-short variation time (2 seconds) is to shorten the variation effect that occurs between the previous special game and the later special game, This is to connect seamlessly with the special game later.

Note that if all of the subsequent operation holding balls are off, a special variation effect will occur during the limited period, but the subsequent big hit (16R big hit) will not occur. The process ends with (so-called Gase production). On the other hand, if the subsequent jackpot is an 8R jackpot, a super reach effect will appear during the limited period, and the special continuous effect will end in the middle (so-called “gase effect”), resulting in a high profit jackpot. Is also denied. Therefore, within the limited period, as the variation effect pattern, when the result of the winning / failing lottery is 16R big hit, only the super short variation mode (special variation production: 2 seconds) is selected, whereas when the result is 8R big hit. Since only the long-time variation mode (super reach production: 90 seconds) is selected, it is denied that the high-profit big hits will be held at the time when the decoration pattern variation mode has been developed into a reach production. In addition, when all the subsequent operation hold balls are only out of hold, or when the 8R big hit is included as the first specific hold in the subsequent operation hold balls, the special continuous effect is not executed. It may be configured (that is, a special continuous effect is generated only when the earliest specific hold is 16R big hit). In such a case, it is preferable that the reserved in-ream villa is determined by the occurrence of the in-reserved-ream villa effect B without including the gase effect in the re-entry-in-ream villa effect B.

  In the present embodiment, the special continuous effect includes a pseudo-count effect that occurs in a round effect in a later special game. This pseudo count effect is displayed by adding the number of rounds and the number of winning prize balls in the previous special game to the number of rounds and the number of winning prize balls in the later special game (details will be described later).

  Further, in the present embodiment, there are the following constraint conditions for executing the on-hold consecutive resort production and the special continuous production (details will be described later with reference to FIG. 38).

  1-1) In the case where the on-hold extended game effect A is generated during the symbol variation display based on the digestion of the preceding operation reserved ball, the on-hold extended game effect B is not generated during the special game after the variable display. The reason for this is that if the on-hold extended villa production B is generated again during the special game, the number of on-hold extended villa times (the number of specific holdings in the subsequent operation holding ball) is one. Regardless, there is a possibility that the player may misunderstand that there are multiple times, and in this example, because it is the on-hold renso production B that is not a final notification effect, the player is worried about whether the on-hold renso really occurs. This is because there is a risk of memorizing it. In addition, even when the on-hold extended rens production A occurs during the symbol variation display based on the digestion of the preceding operation holding ball, the on-hold renso production B is generated during the special game after the variation display. In that case, it is preferable to configure the on-hold consecutive villa production B as a confirmed notification production of the on-hold consecutive villa production.

  1-2) In the case where the on-reserved range rendition effect A is generated during the symbol variation display based on the digestion of the preceding actuated reserve ball, the on-hold ranger during the symbol variation display when the subsequent actuated reserve ball is digested Production A does not occur again. This is because, even when trying to show two special game states as one special game state with the occurrence of the special continuous production, the on-holding renja production A as the symbol variation production occurred during the execution of this special continuous production. Then, there is a possibility of losing the meaning of concealing that the design variation effect is being performed. In addition, when the special continuous production is started in response to the occurrence of the on-hold consecutive resort production A, the variation time when the subsequent operation holding ball is digested during this special continuous production (within a limited period) is extremely short. Since it is set to (2 seconds), the production effect is low even if the on-hold consecutive resort production A is generated within this short time, and both productions are produced by the competition between the on-hold consecutive resort production and the special continuous production. This is because the effect may be diluted.

  1-3) In the case where the holding-in-ream zone effect A occurs during the fluctuation display based on the digestion of the preceding operation-holding ball, the reservation-in-ream resort during the jackpot effect when the subsequent operation-holding ball becomes a big hit Production B can occur. This is because even if it is during the special succession production, if it occurs during the big hit presentation, the player feels that the normal on-hold range resort production B has occurred, and it is not possible to create a sense of incongruity. In addition, since the special continuous production is connected to a series of productions from at least the end demonstration production during the previous jackpot production to the start demonstration production during the subsequent big hit production, This is because there is no inconvenience that the on-hold consecutive villa production and the special continuous production compete with each other as long as the on-hold consecutive villa production is generated at the timing after the round presentation in the special game.

The effect mode control means 221 controls the transition of the effect mode in accordance with the game state designation command from the main control board 100 and the consistency with the game state and the variation pattern selection state managed on the main control board 100 side. Execute. In the present embodiment, a normal effect mode α, a probability change effect mode β, and a special effect mode γ are included as the three types of effect modes, and the variation patterns of the special symbols instructed from the main control board 100 are the same. In addition, the variation effect pattern (details will be described later) for specifying the specific content of the symbol variation effect is set differently for each effect mode. On the effect display device 70, an effect mode notification image (in this example, a background image to be displayed on the back of the decorative symbol) corresponding to the effect mode in which the user is currently staying is displayed, and the background images are different for each effect mode. Since it is set, the player can recognize which effect mode he is currently staying in from the type of background image.

  Each production mode will be outlined. First, the normal effect mode α is set when the low probability normal variation state α is selected as the variation pattern selection state on the main control board 100 side, and “normal background” is displayed as the background image. The probability variation effect mode β is set when the high probability reduction variation state β is selected as the variation pattern selection state on the main control board 100 side, and “probability variation background” is displayed as the background image. The special effect mode γ is set when the high probability special variation state γ is selected as the variation pattern selection state on the main control board 100 side. This special effect mode stays for a period of four times (limited period) immediately after the end of the special game, and when this limited period is exceeded, transition to the probability change effect mode β. When the on-hold consecutive resort effect B occurs during the special game, that is, when the continuous variation effect is executed, “special background” is displayed as the background image. This special background is common to the background display in the special start demonstration production and the special end demonstration production, and as a series of processes during the special continuous production, a common background display is performed, so that it is an element of the special continuous production. Also works. On the other hand, when the on-hold consecutive resort effect B does not occur during the special game, that is, when the continuous variation effect is not executed, the “probable change background” common to the probability change effect mode is displayed as the background image.

  The decorative design determining means 224 is configured to combine the final stop symbols of the decorative symbols (left symbol, middle symbol, The left symbol is determined by lottery. In this example, three symbol sequences including a plurality of types of decorative symbols are configured. This decorative design is formed by, for example, an identification element made up of numbers or letters. In this example, ten types such as numbers “1” to “9” and characters “S” are set as identification elements. Each decoration symbol circulates in each display area Z1, Z2, Z3 in the order of “1” → “2” → “3” →... → “8” → “9” → “S” Display.

The decorative symbol determination means 224 holds a plurality of types of stop symbol pattern tables that are referred to when a combination of stop symbols of decorative symbols (also referred to as “stop symbol pattern”) is determined by lottery. As the plural types of tables, there are a stop symbol pattern table for big hits, a stop symbol pattern table for small hits, a stop symbol pattern table for non-reach, a stop symbol pattern table for non-reach. The decorative symbol stop symbol is formed as a combination of three symbols, and includes “stop symbol indicating jackpot (big hit symbol)” and “stop symbol indicating loss (loss symbol)”. The big hit symbol indicating the specific big hit (probable big hit) is a combination of stop modes (for example, “7 · 7 · 7”) in which three symbols having the same odd number are arranged. The big hit symbol indicating the normal big hit (non-probable big hit) is a combination of stop modes (for example, “2.2-2.2”) in which three symbols with the same even number are arranged. The off symbol is a combination of stop modes (for example, “1 · 3 · 8”) in which at least one of the three symbols is a symbol having a number different from the other numbers. Here, of the out-of-order symbols, the out-of-reach symbol is a combination of stop modes in which only the middle symbol is shifted back and forth by several frames in a state where the left symbol and the right symbol are coincident (for example, “3 · 1 · 3”). Become. In the case of a “stop symbol indicating a small hit (small hit symbol)” or a 2R big hit symbol even if it is a big hit symbol, for example, a combination of predetermined stop modes such as “3, 5, 7” is used. There is a case. In the present embodiment, as described above, “S · S · S” is provided as a special jackpot symbol for definite notification of the on-hold range resort. When it is determined to execute the on-hold consecutive-village effect A, the decorative symbol determining means 224, when the consecutive-village effect pattern PA2 is selected, the normal jackpot symbol ("3.3.3" or the like) ) Is replaced with a special jackpot symbol (“S, S, S”).

  Based on the information (variation pattern information) included in the variation start command from the main control board 100, the variation effect determining means 225 defines the variation process (effect process) from the variation start to the stop in the variation display of the decorative symbol. Determine the production pattern. In this embodiment, the design variation effect (reach effect) performed after the reach display includes a reach effect with a simple effect content (normal reach effect) and a reach effect (super reach effect) where the effect content develops in the middle. . The variation effect determining means 225 holds a plurality of types of variation effect pattern tables that are referred to when selecting a variation effect pattern, and a variation pattern (variation time) of a special symbol is selected from the plurality of types of variation effect pattern tables. ) Is selected. In the variation effect pattern table, the variation effect pattern random value and the variation effect pattern are associated with each other according to the result of the variation pattern lottery of the special symbol (that is, the reach type). Here, a basic pattern (for example, “normal reach A”, “super reach A”, etc.) of the symbol variation is determined as the variation pattern on the main control board 100 side, whereas the variation control pattern on the effect control substrate 200 side Based on the basic pattern, a detailed pattern of design variation (for example, “normal reach A1, A2, A3...”, “Super reach A1, A2, A3. In this way, the variation display pattern of the decorative design defines a variation display mode of the decorative design, that is, a scenario of a series of effect display processes from the start of variation of the decorative design to the end of the variation. The timing for generating the notice effect at the stage is also defined as a time schedule. Note that the stop order for stopping the decorative symbols is predetermined for each variation effect pattern. In this embodiment, in principle, the decorative symbols are stopped in the order of left symbol → right symbol → middle symbol. However, if it is a variation effect pattern with a short variation time, the left symbol, middle symbol, and right symbol are stopped almost simultaneously, and if it is a specific variation effect pattern, the left symbol → middle symbol → right symbol It can also be stopped. At this time, if it is not the stopping order of the above principle (left symbol → right symbol → middle symbol), the big hit expectation degree tends to be relatively high.

The notice effect determining means 226 determines the notice effect pattern that defines the content of the notice effect that is executed at each stage of the decorative symbol change process according to the scenario of the change effect pattern described above. The notice effect pattern includes an effect pattern that displays an image or animation of a specific character temporarily or stepwise, an effect pattern that outputs a specific sound, an effect pattern that operates a movable accessory, and the like. The notice effect is executed in parallel with the variation display of the decorative symbol and suggests in advance that the jackpot reliability that the symbol variation stops in the jackpot mode is high. The notice effect includes a notice effect that is executed before the reach state occurs (including when the reach occurs) in the process of changing the decorative symbol, and a notice effect that is executed after the reach state occurs. Each of the announcement effects has different jackpot reliability. Basically, the announcement effect displayed after the occurrence of the reach has a relatively higher reliability of the announcement effect displayed after the occurrence of the reach. It is high. The notice effect determining means 226 maintains a notice effect pattern table to be referred to when selecting the notice effect pattern for each type of the notice effect, and according to the type of the notice effect generated according to the scenario of the variable effect pattern. A notice effect pattern table is selected. The notice effect determining means 226 refers to the notice effect pattern table selected above and, based on the notice effect pattern random number obtained from the effect lottery random number generator 210, draws a lot of kinds of notice effect patterns. Choose one. In addition, as a kind of specific notice effect pattern, a comment notice effect pattern, a background notice effect pattern, an SU (step-up) notice effect pattern, a group notice effect pattern, a cut-in notice effect pattern, an accessory movable notice effect pattern, Etc. are prepared. This notice effect is basically performed by synthesizing one or a plurality of notice effects with the decorative display of the effect display device 70. For this reason, even in the case of decorative display variation display using the same variation production pattern, various production modes can be generated by combining with one or a plurality of notice productions.

  The jackpot effect determining means 227 determines the contents of the jackpot effect (a jackpot effect pattern) for notifying that the special game is being played. The jackpot effect includes a start demonstration effect for notifying the start of a special game, a round effect for notifying that a round game is in progress, and an end demonstration effect for notifying the end of a special game. When the jackpot effect determining means 227 receives the jackpot start demo command from the main control board 100, the jackpot effect pattern (start demo effect pattern, round effect, etc.) based on the jackpot type information stored in the sub main information storage means 260, etc. Pattern, end demo production pattern). In the jackpot production pattern, a jackpot start demonstration production time, a round production time (production time according to the opening pattern of the big winning openings 64 and 65), and a jackpot end demonstration production time are set according to the type of jackpot. A series of production contents are set along the time axis. In addition, the jackpot effect determining means 227 executes the start demonstration effect in response to receiving the jackpot start demo command from the main control board 100 according to the jackpot effect pattern, and receives each round effect designation command as an opportunity. An effect is executed, and an end demo effect is executed when a jackpot end demo command is received.

  Here, in the normal jackpot start demonstration effect, for example, the word “start the jackpot” is displayed on the screen to announce the start of the special game. In a normal round effect, for example, the number of rounds currently being executed and the number of winning prize balls on the screen are displayed, and various images (such as animation images) that excite the special game are displayed. Then, in the normal jackpot end demonstration effect, for example, the word “End of jackpot” is displayed on the screen to notify the end of the special game.

  In addition, when a special continuous production is executed, the end demonstration production in the previous jackpot is replaced with a special production content (a production content that has a unity with the special variation production) and the character of the big hit end Is not displayed. In addition, when a special continuous production is executed, the start demonstration production in the later jackpot is replaced with a special production content (a production content that has a unity with the special variation production), and the character that starts the big hit Is not displayed. In addition, when a special continuous production is executed, in the round production in the later special game, the number of rounds of the later special game is added to the number of rounds of the previous special game, and the rear A pseudo-count effect is provided in which the number of prize balls obtained for the special game is added to the number of prize balls obtained for the previous special game.

  As described above, the production control unit 220 performs image control commands relating to images and sound based on the decided production contents (prefetching production pattern, consecutive resort production pattern, variation production pattern, notice production pattern, stop design pattern, jackpot production pattern, etc.). And is stored in the command storage area of the sub-main information storage means 260.

  The lamp effect control means 230 controls the lighting of the effect lamp, the emission color, and the like according to the effect contents set by the effect control means 220. The lamp effect control means 230 holds a plurality of types of lamp data (lamp pattern data) for lighting control of the effect lamp LP (the frame lamp 10, the panel lamp 25), and the lamp according to the determined effect pattern. Data is read, and this lamp control signal (lamp data) is transmitted to the lamp connection board 91.

  The accessory effect control means 240 controls the driving of each movable accessory 24 according to the effect contents set by the effect supervision means 220. The accessory effect control means 240 holds a plurality of types of drive data for driving and controlling the movable accessory 24, and transmits a drive control signal (drive data) corresponding to the determined effect pattern to the motor driver 92. To do.

  The error effect control means 250 is configured to determine an error effect pattern when an error effect designation command is received from the main control board 100 and to notify the gaming machine that an error state has occurred according to the error effect pattern. Yes.

  The sub-main information storage means 260 is configured to temporarily store decoration symbol information, variation effect pattern information, notice effect pattern information, control command information, and the like, and a predetermined number for storing each information. A storage area is provided. For example, in the command storage area, an effect control command buffer for storing an effect control command from the main control board 100, an image control command buffer for storing an image control command to the image control board 300, and an image control board 300 ACK command buffer for storing ACK commands from Each command buffer is composed of a ring buffer and can store a predetermined number of effect control commands, image control commands, and ACK commands.

  The command transmission / reception means 270 is configured to receive the effect control command transmitted from the main control board 100 and store the effect control command in the effect control command buffer. The command transmission / reception means 270 generates an interruption based on the input of the strobe signal from the main control board 100 and executes the reception interrupt process (details will be described later) of the effect control command. To get. When the command transmission / reception means 270 receives a strobe signal, the command transmission / reception means 270 preferentially performs the reception interrupt process of the effect control command over other interrupt processes (interrupt processes with a priority level less than 7 described later). ing.

  Further, the command transmission / reception means 270 stores in the sub-main information storage means 260 in order to instruct execution of the effect contents (variation effect pattern information, notice effect pattern information, decorative symbol information, etc.) set by the effect control means 220. The transmitted image control command is transmitted to the image control board 300 by the serial communication method. In principle, the image control command is transmitted every predetermined period (500 μs in this example) in accordance with the order set in the command storage area of the sub-main information storage unit 260. Thereby, the image control board 300 analyzes various image control commands transmitted from the effect control board 200, and causes the effect display device 70 to variably display the effect image including the decorative design according to the scenario of the change effect pattern. The notice effect is displayed in a manner superimposed on the design variation effect at each stage of the variation display process. Further, the command transmission / reception means 270 receives the ACK command transmitted from the image control board 300 and stores the ACK command in the ACK command buffer.

<Processing on the main control board>
Next, the procedure of the operation process in the main control board 100 will be described with reference to the flowcharts of FIGS. The processing on the main control board 100 side includes main control side main processing and main control side timer interrupt processing.

<Main control side main processing>
10 to 11 are flowcharts showing main processing on the main control side of the main control board 100. In the main process on the main control side, after the security check of the main CPU 101 is performed by reset at power-on, the program starts and the processes after S1 are started.

First, as an initial setting required when the power is turned on, a head address is set as an initial value of the stack area in the stack pointer (S1), and access to the RAM 103 is permitted (S2). Subsequently, a vector table storing the start address of a program to be processed when a timer interrupt occurs is set (S3), and an initial value is set in a built-in register of the main CPU 101 (S4).

  Subsequently, it is determined whether or not the RAM clear switch is turned on (S5). If the RAM clear switch is on (S5: YES), the entire area of the RAM 103 is cleared to zero in S9 described later. On the other hand, when the RAM clear switch is not turned on (S5: NO), the value of the power-off information flag is read to determine whether or not the information on normal power-off is stored (S6).

  Here, when the information indicating that the power is off normally is stored (S6: YES), a checksum is calculated for a predetermined area of the RAM 103 (S7). Then, it is determined whether or not this checksum is 0, that is, whether or not the checksum is normal (S8). Note that the checksum at power-on calculated here includes the complement of the checksum calculated in the power-off process described later, so if it has been backed up normally, Sam becomes “0”. In this way, it is determined when the power is turned on whether the information stored in the RAM 103 before the power is turned off is correctly backed up. At this time, if the checksum is normal (S8: YES), the process proceeds to S12, which will be described later, in order to return to the state before the power interruption. On the other hand, if the checksum is abnormal (S8: NO), the entire area of the RAM 103 is cleared to zero (S9). Next, initialization data at power-on is set in the RAM 103 (S10). Subsequently, in order to initialize the effect display device 70 and the effect lamp LP, an effect control command (“effect initial command”) is requested to the effect control board 200 (S11).

  Next, in the power-off recovery setting process, power-on normal information setting, various error initial settings, and communication initial setting with the payout control board 400 are sequentially performed in the RAM 103 (S12). Here, as the setting of the power-on normal information, in order to save that the power was correctly turned on, the power-on normal data is stored in the power-off information flag and the information on the occurrence of power-off is initialized. Turn off the power-off confirmation flag. Next, a data transfer source address, a data transfer destination address, and a transfer byte number are set, and data corresponding to the transfer byte number is transferred (S13). Then, a special symbol game status value at the time of power-off is read, and a power-off recovery process related to the special symbol game is performed (S14).

  Subsequently, a transmission request for an effect control command (“power failure return command”) at the time of power failure recovery between the main control board 100 and the effect control board 200 is made (S15). The power-off recovery command includes information related to the inspection of the communication line, the special symbol operating state, the probability variation count, the time reduction count, the easy-to-enter state count, the variation pattern selection status, and the error status. It should be noted that the command requests for untransmitted before the power is turned off are cleared. . Next, in the symbol memory number command request process, the information on the number of suspended balls in the first special symbol and the second special symbol at the time of power-off is read, and an effect control command including the information on the number of suspended balls is requested ( S16).

  Subsequently, a return setting is made to return the ordinary electric accessory 622 to a state before the power is turned off (for example, the second start port 62 is opened) (S17). Further, a return setting is made to return the special electric accessory 642 to a state before the power is cut off (for example, the big prize opening 64 is opened) (S18). Subsequently, the value of the special symbol mode flag is read, and the operation state of the probability variation function of the special symbol when the power is turned off is set (S19). The special symbol mode flag is a flag for setting the operation probability (high probability or low probability) of the special symbol game. Next, in order to start a timer interrupt, a predetermined count value is set as an initial setting of the CTC circuit of the main control microcomputer 110, and a timer interrupt is generated every 4 ms (S20). Subsequently, interrupt prohibition is set to prohibit generation of timer interrupt processing (S21). Then, as a preparation for restarting the watchdog timer, clear word 1 (“55H”) is set (S22).

  Next, in order to determine the occurrence of a power interruption, the value of the power interruption confirmation flag is read to determine whether or not a power interruption has occurred (S23). If no power interruption has occurred, an initial value random number update process is executed (S24). In this initial value random number update process, the initial value random number per normal symbol, the soft initial value random number per special symbol, and the symbol initial value random number per special symbol are updated. Specifically, the numerical value of each counter is incremented by 1, and when the numerical value exceeds the maximum value, it is returned to “0” which is the minimum value.

  Next, interrupt permission is set to permit generation of the timer interrupt process (S25), the process returns to the above-described interrupt prohibition process (S21), and the loop process of S21 to S25 is repeatedly executed. Here, the timer interrupt process is periodically executed at predetermined intervals, but using the remaining time from the completion of the previous interrupt process until the next interrupt process occurs, S21 to S25. Repeat the process up to. If there is an interrupt request in the interrupt disabled state, timer interrupt processing is started when the interrupt is enabled in S25. On the other hand, if the power-off confirmation flag is turned on in S23, that is, if a power-off has occurred, the process proceeds to S26 to execute the power-off process described below.

  Next, as power-off processing (S26 to S32), first, clear word 2 (“AAH”) is set to restart the watchdog timer (S26). Next, it is determined whether or not the content of the power-off information flag is power-on normal data (S27). If it is power-on normal information (S27: Yes), power-off normal data is set in the power-off information flag (S28). On the other hand, if the power-on normal information is not found (S27: No), the power-off abnormality data is set in the power-off information flag (S29), and the process proceeds to S32.

  Next, a checksum is calculated for a predetermined area (excluding the checksum area) of the RAM 103 (S30). Then, a complement for the checksum data is calculated, and the result value of this complement is set in the checksum area of the RAM 103 (S31). Subsequently, the access prohibition setting of the RAM 103 is set (S32), and the process is looped until the power is turned off.

《Main control timer interrupt processing》
Next, the main control side timer interrupt processing of the main control board 100 will be described. FIG. 12 is a flowchart showing timer interrupt processing of the main control board 100. This timer interruption process is started by a clock pulse every predetermined time (for example, 4 ms) from the CTC circuit of the game control microcomputer 110, and is executed by interrupting the main control side main process. In addition, as the terms used below, the terms “condition device” and “actual accessory continuous actuating device” mean a conceptual control device, and “condition device” means a big hit in a special symbol game. The “actual accessory continuous actuating device” is capable of operating the special electric accessory 642 continuously a plurality of times.

  First, when this timer interrupt occurs, the contents of the register in the main CPU 101 are saved in the stack area of the RAM 103, and then an interrupt operation condition is set (S51).

  Next, a clear word 2 (“AAH”) is set to restart the watchdog timer (S52). At this time, the clear word 1 and the clear word 2 are sequentially written in the WDT clear register of the CPU 101 within a preset time-out period, whereby the watchdog timer is cleared and restarted. That is, when the main CPU 101 is executing the program normally, the clear words 1 and 2 are periodically set, so that the watchdog timer is cleared and restarted before time-out. On the other hand, when the watchdog timer times out, a user reset occurs.

  Next, input processing is executed (S53). In this input process, information of switches other than the RAM clear switch is read as various switches connected to the main control board 100. That is, input information such as the first start port switch 611, the second start port switch 621, the operation gate switch 631, the big prize port switch 641, the door opening switch, the frame opening switch, the back set opening switch, the magnetic sensor, the radio wave sensor, etc. Is read, and after the state is determined, the detection information is stored.

  Next, various random number update processes are executed (S54). In these various random number update processes, the normal symbol variation pattern random number and the special symbol variation pattern random number are updated. For the normal symbol variation pattern random number, 1 is added to the numerical value of the random number counter, and when the numerical value exceeds the maximum value, it is returned to “0” which is the minimum value. On the other hand, for the special symbol variation pattern random number, a predetermined value (for example, 3511) is subtracted from the previous random number. When the subtraction result is less than 0, a predetermined value (for example, 50000) is added to the subtraction result.

  Next, initial value update type random number update processing is executed (S55). In this initial value update type random number update process, the random numbers per ordinary symbol, the soft random numbers per special symbol, and the symbol random numbers per special symbol are updated. Specifically, 1 is added to the numerical value of each random number counter, and when the numerical value exceeds the maximum value, it is returned to “0” which is the minimum value. Further, when the counter value makes one round, the corresponding initial value random number is set as the initial value.

  Next, an initial value random number update process is executed (S56). In this initial value random number update process, the initial value random number per normal symbol, the soft initial value random number per special symbol, and the symbol initial value random number per special symbol are updated. Specifically, 1 is added to the numerical value of each random number counter, and when the numerical value exceeds the maximum value, it is returned to “0” which is the minimum value.

  Next, timer subtraction processing is executed (S57). In this timer subtraction process, the values of various timers used for game operation control of the pachinko gaming machine PM are subtracted and updated. For example, the values of various timers are subtracted by an interrupt cycle (4 ms in this example). The various timers include special symbol game timers for managing the time (variation time, fixed display time) related to the special symbol display devices 71 and 72.

  Next, a second start port effective period setting process is executed (S58). In the second starting port effective period setting process, the winning effective period and the winning invalid period of the second starting port 62 are determined, and the effective period data or invalid period data of the second starting port 62 is set as the determination result.

  Next, a winning monitoring process is executed (S59). In this winning monitoring process, a game ball switch passage test is performed based on the detection information of the first starting port switch 611, the second starting port switch 621, the operation gate switch 631, and the big winning port switch 641 in the input process (S53). As a result, if it is determined that the game ball has passed through each switch, a transmission request for an effect control command including information indicating that the game ball has passed through each switch is made.

  Next, a prize ball control process is executed (S60). In this prize ball control process, a payout control command is transmitted to the payout control board 400 to instruct the number of prize balls corresponding to the type of winning prize, and the received data from the payout control board 400 is monitored to pay out the payout control board 400. Perform communication inspection with.

  Next, normal symbol operation gate monitoring processing is executed (S61). In this normal symbol operation gate monitoring process, the passage of the game ball to the operation gate 63 is monitored, and when it is determined that the game ball has passed through the operation gate 63, a random number related to the normal symbol lottery is acquired as the operation holding ball information. In addition to updating the number of suspended balls for a maximum of 4 balls, random numbers related to normal symbol lottery are stored.

  Next, normal symbol control processing is executed (S62). In this normal symbol control process, since a series of processes related to the normal symbol display device 75 or the ordinary electric accessory 622 is performed, the normal symbol changing process, the normal symbol stop symbol displaying process, according to the value of the normal symbol game status The processing during normal electric accessory operation, the processing during normal electric accessory operation end demonstration, etc. are executed. In the normal symbol changing process, the display pattern number data of the normal symbol is created (updated) so that the normal symbol is variably displayed or fixedly displayed.

  Next, normal symbol variation start monitoring processing is executed (S63). In this normal symbol variation start monitoring process, when the normal symbol operating state is monitored and it is determined that the normal symbol variation start condition is satisfied, the normal symbol operation holding number of balls is digested by one, and the normal symbol variation is monitored. Determination of success / failure, determination of design, determination of variation pattern, setting of variation time, and the like are sequentially performed.

  Next, the start port monitoring control process is executed (S64). In this start port monitoring control process, the winnings of the game balls to the first start port 61 and the second start port 62 are monitored, and when there is a winning game ball, the number of reserved balls is updated and the special symbol lottery is concerned. Random number storage, prefetching notice effect determination, command memory number command request, etc. are performed in order.

  Next, a special symbol control process is executed (S65). In this special symbol control process, as a series of processes related to the special symbol display devices 71 and 72, according to the value of the special symbol game status, a special symbol variation start process (S420) and a special symbol variation process (S430) which will be described later in detail. ), Special symbol stop symbol display processing (S440), and the like.

  Next, a special electric accessory control process is executed (S66). In this process, when the lottery result of the special symbol is “big hit” or “small hit”, as the operation process related to the special electric accessory 642, the operation start and end setting of the special electric accessory 642, Update of the opening time and the number of times of opening the winning opening 64, the operation start setting of the probability variation function, the operation start setting of the variation time shortening function, the setting of the variation pattern selection state, etc. are executed in order.

  Next, a special winning opening valid period setting process is executed (S67). In this big winning opening effective period setting process, the winning effective period and the winning invalid period of the big winning opening 64 are determined, and the effective period data or invalid period data of the large winning opening 64 is set as the determination result.

  Next, a special symbol variation start monitoring control process is executed (S68). In this special symbol variation start monitoring control process, when there is an operation reserved ball of the first special symbol or the second special symbol, the number of reserved balls is digested, and a command request for the number of stored symbols, whether the special symbol is successful or not is determined. The determination of the special symbol, the determination of the probability variation function, the determination of the time shortening function, the setting of the operation pattern of the special electric accessory, the setting of the demonstration performance time, etc. are performed in order.

  Next, an abnormality detection process is executed (S69). In this abnormality detection process, based on the input information in the input process (S53), the magnetic detection signal by the magnetic sensor, the disconnection short circuit power supply abnormality signal, the radio wave detection signal by the radio sensor, the door / frame opening signal, etc. are inspected in order. Then, it is determined whether or not the gaming machine is in an error state. If it is in an error state, an effect control command (“error effect designation command”) including the error information is generated to request the effect control board 200 to display an error.

Next, an entrance passage time abnormality detection process is executed (S70). In this incoming ball passing time abnormality detection process, when the ON signal of the winning detection switch is continuously detected for a predetermined time or more, the incoming ball passing time abnormality is set, and an effect control command (“error” A request for a production designation command ") and a request for outputting a security signal for output to an external terminal are made.

  Next, a game state display process is executed (S71). In this game state display process, display data such as the number of times that the special electric accessory 642 is continuously operated (the number of specified rounds), the number of reserved balls for normal symbols and special symbols, and the like are created. In addition, display data for displaying the information on the error state detected in the abnormality detection process on the state indicator lamp of the main control board 100 is created.

  Next, an LED output process is executed (S73). In this LED output process, the special symbol control process (S65), in order to display special symbols and normal symbols, display the number of reserved balls, the number of times that the special electric accessory is operated continuously, display an error, etc. The display data created in the abnormality detection process (S69), the game state display process (S71), etc. are used as the special symbol display devices 71 and 72, the normal symbol display device 75, the special symbol hold lamps 73 and 74, and the general figure hold. In addition to outputting to the lamp 76, the status indicator lamp of the main control board 100, etc., the display in these various display devices is initialized.

  Next, a firing control signal output process is executed (S73). In this launch control signal output process, when no communication abnormality with the payout control board 400 or an abnormality in the short circuit power supply is detected, a fire permission signal is output to the payout control board 400, and the game ball is allowed to be launched. To do. On the other hand, if an abnormality in communication with the payout control board 400 or an abnormality in the short circuit power supply is detected, a firing prohibition signal is output to the payout control board 400 to prohibit the launch of the game ball.

  Next, a solenoid output process is executed (S74). In this solenoid output process, in the normal symbol control process (S62) and the special electric accessory control process (S66) to operate each electric accessory 622, 642. Based on the acquired control data, an excitation signal is output to each of the electric accessory solenoids 623 and 643.

  Next, an effect control command transmission process is executed (S75). In the effect control command transmission process, the effect control command designated by the pointer is read out from the effect control commands stored in the command storage area (ring buffer) of the main information storage means 180 in the process described above. The control command is transmitted to the effect control board 200.

  Next, external information output processing is executed (S76). In the external information output process, the operating state information of the gaming machine is output as external information to an external device such as a hall computer via the external terminal board.

  Next, the contents of the saved register are restored, and the main CPU 101 is set in an interrupt enabled state (S77). As a result, the main control side timer interrupt process is terminated, the process returns to the main control side main process, and the main control side main process is executed until the next timer interrupt occurs.

If the main control board 100 detects a power-off (a decrease in supply voltage based on a predetermined threshold) during the main control-side main process or interrupt process, a non-maskable interrupt is generated and the power-off confirmation flag is turned on. To do. Then, after returning to the original process, the above-described power-off process (S
26 to S32).

≪Special design game processing≫
Next, a series of processes related to the special symbol game in the main control timer interrupt process will be described. The process related to the special symbol game includes the above-described start port monitoring control process (S64), special symbol control process (S65), special electric accessory control process (S66), special symbol variation start monitoring control process (S68), etc. Is applicable.

(Start-up port monitoring control process)
First, the start port monitoring control process (S64) will be described. FIG. 13 is a flowchart showing details of the start port monitoring control process (S64).

  First, it is determined whether or not a game winning at the first start port 61 is detected (S201). When a winning at the first start port 61 is detected (S201: YES), it is determined whether or not the number of the operation reserved balls of the first special symbol is less than the upper limit number of 4 (S202).

  When the number of reserved balls for the first special symbol is less than 4 (S202: YES), as a lottery random value for the first special symbol game, a random value per special symbol, a random symbol value per special symbol, a special symbol Fluctuation pattern random values are acquired, and each random value is stored in the first special symbol reservation storage area (hold n storage area) of the main information storage means 180 according to the order of entry (S203). Then, as an update of the number of reserved balls for operation of the first special symbol, the value of the first special symbol reserved ball number counter is incremented by 1 (S204), and the winning check of the first start port 61 is completed.

  Subsequently, it is determined whether or not a game winning in the second starting port 62 has been detected (S205). When a winning at the second starting port 62 is detected (S205: YES), it is determined whether or not the number of operation reserved balls of the second special symbol is less than the upper limit number of 4 (S206). When the number of reserved balls for operation of the second special symbol is less than 4 (S206: YES), a random number per special symbol, a random symbol value per special symbol, a special symbol as a lottery random number value related to the second special symbol game Fluctuation pattern random values are acquired, and each random value is stored in the second special symbol reservation storage area (hold n storage area) of the main information storage means 180 according to the order of entry (S207). Then, as the update of the number of reserved balls for operation of the second special symbol, the value of the second special symbol reserved ball number counter is incremented by 1 (S208), and the winning check at the second start port 62 is finished.

  Subsequently, whether or not the number of reserved balls for operation of the first special symbol or the second special symbol has been updated, that is, whether or not the number of reserved balls for operation of the first special symbol or the second special symbol has been added in S204 or S208. Is determined (S209). When there is an update of the number of balls with an operating reserve (S209: YES), a symbol memory number command including information on the number of balls with an operating reserve of the first special symbol and the second special symbol is generated, and this is stored as main information storage means. The command is stored in the command storage area 180 (S210).

  Next, the state of the gaming machine is confirmed, and it is determined whether it is a prior determination timing (S211). If it is a prior determination timing (S211: YES), a random number value per special symbol is read from the random number buffer in the reserved n storage area, and a prior determination is made (S212). Then, a validity pre-judgment command including information on the pre-judgment result (pre-judgment pre-judgment number) is generated and stored in the command storage area of the main information storage unit 180 (S213).

  Further, the symbol random number value per special symbol is read from the symbol random number buffer in the reserved n storage area, and symbol preliminary determination is performed (S214). Then, a symbol pre-determination command including this pre-determination result information (symbol pre-determination number) is generated and stored in the command storage area of the main information storage means 180 (S215). Further, the special symbol variation pattern random number value is read from the variation pattern random number buffer in the reserved n storage area, and the variation pattern prior determination is performed (S216). Then, a variation pattern advance determination command including information on the prior determination result (variation pattern advance determination number) is generated and stored in the command storage area of the main information storage unit 180 (S217).

(Special symbol variation start monitoring control process)
Next, the special symbol variation start monitoring control process (S68) will be described. FIG. 14 is a flowchart showing details of the special symbol fluctuation start monitoring control process (S68).

  In this special symbol fluctuation monitoring and monitoring control process (S68), a special symbol fluctuation start monitoring process to be described later is applied to the special symbol side satisfying the fluctuation start condition among the first special symbol and the second special symbol. (S310) is executed. When both the first special symbol and the second special symbol satisfy the variation start condition, the process on the second special symbol side is preferentially executed as described above.

  First, it is determined whether a big hit or a small hit is being made (S301). Subsequently, whether both the first special symbol and the second special symbol are waiting for change, that is, whether the first special symbol game status and the second special symbol game status are both “00H (waiting for change)”. It is determined whether or not (S302).

  Subsequently, it is determined whether or not the number of retained balls in the second special symbol is “0” (S303). If the number of retained balls is not “0” (S303: NO), the second special symbol is determined. It is assumed that the symbol variation start condition is satisfied, and after setting the address of the second special symbol variation start monitoring table (addresses of various tables used in the subsequent processing and the address of the RAM storage area) (S304) Then, the process proceeds to the special symbol fluctuation start monitoring process (S310) on the second special symbol side. That is, in the present embodiment, when there is an operation holding ball of the second special symbol, the operation holding ball of the second special symbol is given priority regardless of the presence or absence of the operation holding ball of the first special symbol. Digested. Details of the special symbol variation start monitoring process (S310) will be described later with reference to FIG.

  On the other hand, when the number of reserved balls for operation of the second special symbol is “0” (S303: YES), it is determined whether or not the number of reserved balls for operation of the first special symbol is “0” (S305). . If the number of reserved balls is not “0” (S305: NO), it is assumed that the first special symbol variation start condition is satisfied, and the address of the first special symbol variation start monitoring table (hereinafter referred to as “the first special symbol variation start monitoring table”). After setting the addresses of the various tables used in the processing and the addresses of the RAM storage area (S306), the process proceeds to the special symbol variation start monitoring process (S310) on the first special symbol side.

  Note that if the variation start conditions of the first special symbol and the second special symbol are not satisfied (S301: YES, S302: NO, S305: YES), the special symbol variation start monitoring process (S310) is skipped. .

(Special symbol fluctuation start monitoring process)
Next, the special symbol variation start monitoring process (S310) will be described. FIG. 15 is a flowchart showing details of the special symbol variation start monitoring process (S310).

  In the special symbol fluctuation start monitoring process (S310), the first special symbol fluctuation start monitoring table or the second special symbol fluctuation start monitoring table set in S304 or S306 described above is referred to The special symbol side process will be executed, but the processing method is the same on the first special symbol side and the second special symbol side, so the first special symbol side process is the exception unless otherwise specified. Whether or not there is a process on the second special symbol side will be described as a group without distinction.

First, 1 is subtracted from the number of reserved balls on the special symbol side that is the subject of the current fluctuation start (S311). Then, a symbol memory number command including information on the number of suspended balls of the first special symbol and the second special symbol after the subtraction is generated and stored in the command storage area of the main information storage means 180 (S312). Subsequently, the special symbol holding storage area on the side of the special symbol subject to the start of the current change is accessed, and the random number value per special symbol and the special symbol stored in the first reserved storage area (holding 1 storage area) In order to sequentially read the design random number value and the special design variation pattern random value, and use these random number values for the special symbol success / failure determination process (S320), the symbol determination process (S330), and the variation pattern selection process (S423) described later, Transfer to the special symbol success / failure determination area, special symbol determination area, and special symbol variation pattern determination area of the main information storage means 180 (S313). Further, as the update of the hold storage area, the hold ball information stored in the hold 2 storage area to the hold 4 storage area is shifted to the lower hold storage area, and the hold 4 storage area is cleared to zero (S314).

  Subsequently, a special symbol success / failure determination process is executed (S320). In the special symbol success / failure determination process (S320), first, a special symbol success / failure lottery table is acquired. At this time, if the gaming state is a special symbol probability changing state, a high-probability lottery table is acquired, and if the gaming state is a normal state, a low-probability lottery table is acquired. Next, a random value per special symbol is read from the special symbol success / failure determination area of the main information storage unit 180. Then, referring to the special symbol success / failure lottery table, the special symbol success / failure determination is executed based on the random number value per special symbol. Further, values corresponding to the determination result (big hit data “55H”, small hit data “33H”, and loss data “00H”) are stored in the special symbol determination flag of the main information storage unit 180.

  Subsequently, a symbol determination process is executed (S330). In the symbol determination process (S330), a special symbol stop symbol, a symbol group type, and a character effect number (variable added symbol information) are determined according to the result of the determination. Then, the special symbol stop symbol, the symbol group type, and the character effect number determined this time are stored in the symbol storage area of the main information storage unit 180. The character effect number includes the determined symbol group type (seven patterns of symbol groups A to G) and the special symbol and normal symbol probability variation function operating states (special symbol probability change ON / special symbol probability change OFF). One of 28 patterns in total is determined on the basis of a combination of (4 patterns of normal symbol probability variation ON / normal symbol probability variation OFF). If the result of the determination is wrong, the character effect number “0” is determined.

  Subsequently, it is determined whether or not the result of the determination is a small hit (S341), and whether or not the result of the determination is a big win (S342). If the result of the determination is a small hit (S341: YES), the process proceeds to S347, and if the result of the determination is out of order (S341: NO, S342: NO), the process proceeds to S349.

  On the other hand, if the determination result is a big hit (S341: NO, S342: YES), the special symbol is displayed as the gaming state after the special game based on the type of the symbol group determined in S330 (the jackpot type). It is determined whether or not to operate the probability variation function (S343). That is, when the symbol group type (big hit type) indicates a specific symbol, it is decided to provide a probability variation function, and when the symbol group type indicates a normal symbol, the probability variation Decide not to give the function. This determination result is stored in the probability variation determination flag of the main information storage unit 180.

  In addition, based on the type of symbol group determined in S330 (big hit type), the number of times the variable time reduction function is activated is determined as the gaming state after the special game (S344), and the number of times the electric chew support function is activated (S345). This determination result (the operation time information of the variation time shortening function, the operation frequency information of the electric chew support function) is stored in the time information storage area and the easy-to-enter number storage area of the main information storage unit 180.

  Subsequently, the operation pattern of the special electric accessory 642 is set based on the type (big hit type) of the symbol group determined in S330 (S346). Specifically, as the operation pattern of the special electric accessory 642, the specified number of round games (in this example, 16 rounds, 8 rounds, 2 rounds), the maximum opening time of the big prize opening 64 (in this example, 30 rounds) Seconds, 0.05 seconds).

  Next, based on the type of symbol group determined in S330 and the current game state, a variation pattern selection state after the end of the special game or after the small hit game is set (S347). Subsequently, based on the type of symbol group determined in S330, a demonstration performance time (a hit start demo time and a hit end demo time) of the special game or the small hit game is set (S348). Next, the special symbol success / failure determination region and the special symbol / symbol determination region of the main information storage unit 180 used in the above-described special symbol success / failure determination processing (S320) and symbol determination processing (S330) are cleared (S349). Then, the special symbol game status on the special symbol side to be changed this time is changed from “00H (standby)” to “01H (change start)” (S350).

(Special symbol control processing)
Next, the special symbol control process (S65) will be described. FIG. 16 is a flowchart showing details of the special symbol control process (S65).

  First, it is determined whether or not the special electric accessory 642 is inactive, that is, whether or not the special electric accessory game status is “00H (waiting for winning)” (S401). Subsequently, when the special electric accessory 642 is not operating (S401: YES), it is determined whether or not the second special symbol game status is not "00H (standby)" (S402).

  When the second special symbol game status is not “00H (standby)” (S402: YES), the second special symbol control table (used in the subsequent processing) is executed to execute the processing related to the second special symbol. The addresses of the various tables and the addresses of the RAM storage areas are set (S403), and the process proceeds to the special symbol control general-purpose process (S410). On the other hand, when the second special symbol game status is “00H (standby)” (S402: NO), the first special symbol control table (in the subsequent processing) is executed to execute the process related to the first special symbol. The addresses of various tables to be used and the addresses of the RAM storage areas are set (S404), and the process proceeds to the special symbol control general-purpose process (S410).

  In the special symbol control general-purpose process (S410) described below, the first special symbol control table or the second special symbol control table set in S403 or S404 described above is used, and the special subject to change this time is used. The process on the symbol side will be executed, but the processing method is the same on the first special symbol side and the second special symbol side, so is it the process on the first special symbol side unless otherwise specified? A description will be given collectively without distinguishing whether the processing is on the second special symbol side. Details of this special symbol control general-purpose process (S410) will be described later with reference to FIG.

(Special design control general-purpose processing)
Subsequently, special symbol control general-purpose processing is executed (S410). FIG. 17 is a flowchart showing details of the special symbol control general-purpose process (S410).

In this special symbol control general-purpose processing (S410), branch processing (S411 to S414) is executed to shift to processing according to the special symbol game status values ("01H", "02H", "03H"). First, it is determined whether or not the special symbol game status on the special symbol side subject to the current variation is not 0 (S411). If the special symbol game status is not “00H” (S411: YES), it is determined whether or not the special symbol game status is “01H (change start)” (S412). If the special symbol game status is “01H” (S412: YES), the process proceeds to a special symbol variation start process (S420). Details of the special symbol variation start process (S420) will be described later with reference to FIG. On the other hand, in the case of NO in S412, it is determined whether or not the special symbol game status is “02H (changed)” (S413). When the special symbol game status is “02H” (S413: YES), the process proceeds to the special symbol changing process (S430). Details of the special symbol variation processing (S430) will be described later with reference to FIG. If NO in S413, it is determined whether or not the special symbol game status is "03H (stopped symbol display)" (S414). If the special symbol game status is “03H” (S414: YES), the process proceeds to a special symbol stop symbol display process (S440). Details of the special symbol stop symbol display processing (S440) will be described later with reference to FIG.

(Special symbol variation start processing)
Next, the special symbol variation start process (S420) will be described. FIG. 18 is a flowchart showing details of the special symbol variation start process (S420).

  First, a special symbol variation pattern table is acquired based on the result of the lottery determination and the variation pattern selection state (S421). Subsequently, a special symbol variation pattern random value is read from the special symbol variation pattern determination area of the main information storage unit 180 (S422). Then, with reference to the special symbol variation pattern table, one of a plurality of types of variation patterns is selected based on the special symbol variation pattern random value (S423).

  Next, a variation time corresponding to the variation pattern selected this time is set (S424). Then, as a special symbol variation start setting, the variation time is stored in the special symbol game timer of the symbol display control means 165 (S425), and a variation start command to the effect control board 200 is generated (S426). As the variation start command, in order to start the symbol variation effect in the effect display device 70, a variation pattern designation command and a symbol designation command are sequentially generated and stored in the command storage area of the main information storage unit 180.

  Subsequently, the contents of the special symbol variation pattern determination area of the main information storage unit 180 used for determining the variation pattern are cleared (S427). Then, the special symbol game status is changed from “01H (change start)” to “02H (change)” (S428).

(Special symbol change processing)
Next, the special symbol variation processing (S430) will be described. FIG. 19 is a flowchart showing details of the special symbol changing process (S430).

  First, a special symbol display pattern number switching process is executed in order to perform a special symbol variable display (S431). In this display pattern number switching process (S431), special pattern display pattern number data is generated for each predetermined switching time. The display pattern number data is output to the first special symbol display device 71 or the second special symbol display device 72 in the LED output process (S73) in order to display the variable special symbols in a variable manner or in a definite manner.

  Next, it is determined whether or not the special symbol game timer has reached "0 (timeout)", that is, whether or not the special symbol variation time has ended (S432). When the variation time of the special symbol is completed (S432: YES), a special symbol stop symbol to be fixedly displayed on the first special symbol display device 71 or the second special symbol display device 72 is set (S433). Subsequently, a change stop command for instructing the effect control board 200 to confirm and display the decoration symbol is generated and stored in the command storage area of the main information storage unit 180 (S434).

  Next, “500 (ms)” is stored in the special symbol game timer as a fixed display time (S435). Note that the “determined display time” is a time for definitely stopping and displaying the stopped symbol when the special symbol is suspended. Then, the special symbol game status is changed from “02H (fluctuating)” to “03H (stopping symbol display)” (S436).

(Special symbol stop symbol display processing)
Next, the special symbol stop symbol display processing (S440) will be described. 20 to 21 are flowcharts showing details of the special symbol stop symbol display processing (S440).

  First, it is determined whether or not the special symbol game timer has become “0 (timeout)”, that is, whether or not the fixed display time of the special symbol (stop symbol) has ended (S441). When the special symbol fixed display time is over (S441: YES), the special symbol game status is changed from "03H (stopped symbol display)" to "00H (standby)" (S442).

  Subsequently, it is determined whether or not the winning / failing determination data stored in the special symbol determination flag of the main information storage means 180 is the big hit data “55H” (S443). When the hit / decision determination data is jackpot data (S443: YES), the special symbol probability variation function is deactivated (S444), the special symbol variation time reduction function is deactivated (S445), and the electric support function is activated. Stop (S446) is performed in order. Specifically, “00H (not actuated)” is set in the special symbol mode flag, and “00H” is set in the time reduction number counter and the easy-to-enter number counter to clear to zero.

  Next, as a special game start demo setting process, a start demo display time is set, and an effect control command (big hit start demo command) for instructing start of the start demo effect is generated (S447). Subsequently, the number of executions of the variation pattern selection state (variation pattern selection state number counter) is cleared to zero (S448). Also, the special electric accessory game status is changed from “00H (waiting for winning)” to “01H (special game)” (S449). Then, “00H” is set to clear the contents of the success / failure determination flag (S450).

  On the other hand, if the determination data is not big hit data (S443: NO), it is determined whether or not the special symbol probability variation function is in operation (S451). When the special symbol probability variation function is in operation (S451: YES), 1 is subtracted from the probability variation counter of the main information storage means 180 as the digest of the current special symbol variation (step S452). . Subsequently, it is determined whether or not the probability variation counter is zero (step S453). When the probability variation counter is zero (S453: YES), the operation of the special symbol probability variation function is stopped (S454). If the probability variation counter after subtraction is not zero (S453: NO), S454 is skipped and the process proceeds to S455.

  Next, it is determined whether or not the special symbol variation time reduction function is in operation (S455). If the special symbol variation time reduction function is in operation (S455: YES), the time-count counter of the main information storage means 180 is decremented by 1 as the digest of the current special symbol variation (step S456). . Subsequently, it is determined whether or not the time reduction counter is zero (step S457). If the hourly number counter is zero (S457: YES), the special symbol variable time reduction function is deactivated, assuming that the number of times of termination of the special symbol time-short state has been reached (S458). If the time-count counter after subtraction is not zero (S457: NO), S458 is skipped and the process proceeds to S459.

  Next, it is determined whether or not the electric chew support function is in operation (S459). When the electric chew support function is in operation (S459: YES), 1 is subtracted from the easy-to-enter state counter of the main information storage unit 180 as the digest of the number of changes in the special symbol this time (step S460). . Next, it is determined whether or not the easy-to-enter state counter is zero (step S461). If the easy entry state number counter is zero (S461: YES), the operation of the electric chew support function is stopped (S462), assuming that the end number of easy entry states has been reached. If the easy-to-enter state counter after subtraction is not zero (S461: NO), S462 is skipped and the process proceeds to S463.

  Next, 1 is subtracted from the variation pattern selection state number counter of the main information storage means 180 (S463). Then, the variation pattern selection state is updated (S464). Specifically, referring to the variation pattern selection state number counter of the main information storage unit 180, it is determined whether or not the number of executions of the current variation pattern selection state has reached a preset end number. If it has been reached, the state is switched to the next specified variation pattern selection state. On the other hand, if the end count has not been reached, the current variation pattern selection state is maintained.

  Next, an effect control command (game state designation command) including the current gaming state information and the variation pattern selection state information updated in the above-described S451 to S464 is generated and stored in the command storage area of the main information storage unit 180. (S465). On the side of the production control board 200, the production mode is set and updated based on the information of the game state designation command.

  Subsequently, it is determined whether or not the small hit data “33H” is stored in the special symbol determination flag (S466). When the small hit data is stored (S466: YES), as the start demo setting process of the small hit game, the start demonstration display time is set, and an effect control command (small hit) that instructs the start of the start demonstration effect Start demo command) is generated (S467). Subsequently, the special electric accessory game status is changed from “00H (waiting for winning)” to “02H (small winning game)” (S468). Then, “00H” is set to clear the contents of the success / failure determination flag (S469).

  On the other hand, when the small symbol data “33H” is not stored in the special symbol determination flag (S466: NO), that is, when the shift data “00H” is stored in the special symbol determination flag, S467 to S469. To skip. Note that when the special symbol determination flag is outlier data, the process of clearing the contents of the flag was not performed because “00H” was originally stored as outlier data.

(Special electric accessory control processing)
Next, the special electric accessory control process (S66) will be described. FIGS. 22-24 is a flowchart which shows the detail of an electrically-driven accessory control process (S66).

  First, it is determined whether or not the special electric accessory game status is “01H (special game)” (S501). If the special electric accessory game status is “01H” (S501: YES), the special game process is executed in the subsequent processes. In this special game process, first, it is determined whether or not the special electric accessory 642, 652 is operating (S502). If the special electric combination 642, 652 is not operating (S502: NO), it is determined whether it is the operation start time of the special electric combination 642, 652 (S503). The operation start time of the special electric actors 642 and 652 is a timing at which the operation of the special electric actors 642 and 652 is started in each round game.

  When it is the operation start time of the special electric accessory 642, 652 (S503: YES), an effect control command (round effect designation command) is generated to start the round effect, and this is stored in the main information storage unit 180. Store in the command storage area (S504). On the side of the effect control board 200, a round effect corresponding to each round game in the special game is executed based on the information of the round effect designation command (information such as the current number of rounds). Then, the operation of the special electric actors 642 and 652 is started (S505), and the processing of S506 to S510 is executed as the operation during the operation of the special electric officers 642 and 652.

As a process during the operation of the special electric accessory 642, 652, it is determined whether or not the game ball has won the maximum number of winning prizes 64, 65 (S506), and the special electric accessory 642, 6
It is determined whether the operation time 52 (opening time) has elapsed (S507). At this time, if the game balls have won the maximum winning number 64, 65 in the maximum winning number (S506: YES) or if the operation time of the special electric accessory 642, 652 has passed (S507: YES), the special electric The operation of the accessory 642, 652 is stopped (S507). Then, it is determined whether or not the number of continuous operations of the special electric accessories 642, 652 has reached a predetermined number of rounds (S509). If the number of continuous operations has not reached the specified number of rounds (S509: NO), the number of continuous operations of the special electric accessory 642, 652 is incremented by 1 (S510).

  On the other hand, if the number of continuous operations of the special electric accessory 642, 652 has reached the specified number of rounds (S509: YES), the process proceeds to S511, and the end demo display time is set as the special game hit end demo setting process. And an effect control command (big hit end demo command) for instructing the start of the end demo effect is generated (S511).

  Subsequently, the variable time reduction number information set in S344 is stored in the time reduction number counter (S512). Further, the easy entry state number information set in S345 is stored in the easy entry state number counter (S513).

  Subsequently, referring to the content of the probability variation determination flag set in S343, it is determined whether or not the operation of the condition device is an operation based on a specific symbol (so-called probability variation symbol) (S514). When the condition device is operated by a specific symbol (S514: YES), the operation time data “7FH” is stored in the probability variation counter of the main information storage means 180, and the operation of the special symbol probability variation function is started. (S515). On the other hand, when the condition device is not operated by the specific symbol (S514: NO), the non-operating data “00H” is stored in the probability variation counter, and S515 is skipped.

  Subsequently, it is determined whether or not the variation time shortening number information stored in the time reduction number counter is variation time shortening function operation data (data other than “00H”) (S516). If it is the variation time shortening function operation data (S516: YES), the operation of the special symbol variation time shortening function is started (S517). On the other hand, when it is not the fluctuation time shortening function operation data (S516: NO), S517 is skipped.

  Subsequently, it is determined whether or not the easy entry state number information stored in the easy entry state number counter is electric Chu support function operation data (data other than “00H”) (S518). If it is the electric Chu support function operation data (S518: YES), the operation of the electric Chu support function is started (S519 to S521). That is, the normal symbol probability variation function operation start (S519), the normal symbol variation time reduction function operation start (S520), and the normal electric accessory 622 open extension function operation start (S521) are executed in order. On the other hand, if it is not the electric Chu support function operation data, S519 to S521 are skipped.

  Next, the variation pattern selection state determined in S347 is switched to (S522). Subsequently, an effect control command (game state designation command) including the game state information after the special game and the variation pattern selection state information set in S512 to S522 described above is generated and stored in the main information storage unit 180. Store in the command storage area (S523). On the effect control board 200 side, the effect mode after the special game is set based on the information of the game state designation command. Then, the special electric accessory game status is changed from “01H (special game)” to “00H (waiting for winning)” (S524).

On the other hand, if the special electric accessory game status is not “01H (special game)” (S501: NO), the process proceeds to S530 and whether the special electric accessory game status is “02H (small hit game)”. It is determined whether or not (S530). When the special electric accessory game status is “02H” (S530: YES), the small hit game processing is executed in the subsequent processing.

  In the small hit game processing, first, it is determined whether or not the special electric accessory 642, 652 is operating (S531). When the special electric combination 642, 652 is not operating (S531: NO), the operation of the special electric combination 642, 652 is started (S532). On the other hand, when the special electric actors 642 and 652 are operating (S531: YES), S532 is skipped.

  Subsequently, as a process during the operation of the special electric accessory 642, 652, it is determined whether or not the game ball has won the maximum winning number at the special winning openings 64, 65 (S533), and the special electric accessory 642 is determined. It is determined whether the operation time (opening time) 652 has elapsed (S534). At this time, if the maximum number of game balls is won in the big winning openings 64 and 65 (S533: YES), or if the operating time of the special electric accessory 642, 652 has passed (S534: YES), the special electric The operation of the accessory 642, 652 is stopped (S535).

  Subsequently, as the end demo setting process for the small hit game, the end demo display time is set, and an effect control command (small hit end demo command) for instructing the start of the end demo effect is generated (S536). Next, the variation pattern selection state determined in S347 is switched to (S537). Subsequently, an effect control command (game state designation command) including the variation pattern selection state information after the special game set in S537 is generated and stored in the command storage area of the main information storage unit 180 ( S538). This gaming state designation command is used on the side of the production control board 200 for determining the production mode transition opportunity, specifying the migration destination production mode, and the like. Then, the special electric accessory game status is changed from “01H (special game)” to “00H (waiting for winning)” (S538).

<Processing on the production control board side>
Next, the procedure of the operation process in the effect control board 200 will be described with reference to the flowcharts of FIGS. The process on the side of the effect control board 200 includes a reset start process (including an effect control side main process) that is executed when the sub-main CPU 201 is reset, such as after power-on, and an effect control side timer interrupt that is activated at regular intervals. Ramp activated when triggered by the arrival of a predetermined generation time specified in the time schedule of the process, the reception control process of the effect control command activated due to the strobe signal from the main control board 100, and the time schedule of the variable effect pattern It includes a production interruption process and a transmission interruption process of an image control command activated at regular intervals.

  In each interrupt process (exception process), a priority level indicating a priority when a plurality of interrupt processes occurs is set. In this example, “reset start processing by power reset (FIG. 25): highest priority”, “reset start processing at the time of various abnormalities (FIG. 25): highest priority” → “production control command reception interrupt processing (FIG. 34): Level 7 ”→“ Reset start processing by WDT (during runaway detection) (FIG. 25): Level 3 ”→“ Image control command transmission interrupt processing (FIG. 36): Level 2 ”→“ Production control side timer interrupt processing (FIG. 35): Level 1 ”and so on, the priority levels are ranked. Note that the “reset start processing at the time of various abnormalities” is, for example, when the CPU 201 executes an illegal instruction, when the CPU 201 tries to access in an illegal area or by an illegal method, and during DMA (Direct Memory Access) transfer It starts when an error occurs. In the present embodiment, the above-described plural types of interrupt processing are illustrated, but actually there are other interrupt processing.

In the effect control side main process, the process is basically performed after setting all interrupts to be prohibited or interrupts other than the effect control command reception interrupt being set. Then, when the production control side main process is in an interrupt-permitted state, each interrupt process is started in a manner that interrupts the main process. In each interrupt process, when there is a request for another interrupt process during execution of the interrupt process (multiple interrupts are generated), in principle, if the interrupt process has a higher priority level than the interrupt process being executed, While the interrupt request is permitted, the interrupt request is prohibited when the interrupt process has a lower priority level or the same priority level as the interrupt process being executed. That is, each interrupt process is advanced in a state where other interrupts having the same priority level or a lower priority level are prohibited. Then, each interrupt process returns to the production control side main process with all interrupts permitted. Note that the priority order (priority level) of such interrupt factors is defined by register settings of the effect control microcomputer 210 (interrupt controller).

<Reset start processing>
First, reset start processing of the effect control board 200 will be described. FIG. 25 is a flowchart showing reset start processing of the effect control board 200. In this reset start processing, after the power is turned on, reset caused by various abnormal times, or reset caused by WDT (during runaway detection), the security check of the sub main CPU 201 is performed. The program starts and the processing after S601 is started.

  First, as an initial setting required when the power is turned on, a head address is set as an initial value of the stack area in the stack pointer (S601). Then, all interrupt processing is prohibited until various initial settings are completed (S602).

  Subsequently, as basic settings related to hardware, an initial value is set in a built-in register provided in the sub-main CPU 201 and the I / O port circuit 204 is initialized (S603). Further, the memory area in the RAM 203 of the effect control microcomputer 210 is initialized (S604). Here, an initial value is set for a variable with an initial value, and initialization by zero clear is performed for a variable without an initial value. Further, the sub main CPU 201 appropriately develops the control program stored in the ROM 202 in the RAM 203.

  Subsequently, interrupts other than the production control command reception interrupt process are prohibited (S605). Next, among various errors set in advance for each model, a process for setting the type of error to be valid for the model is performed (S606). Furthermore, a turn-off request is made to turn off the effect lamp LP (the frame lamp 10, the panel lamp 25) (S607). Then, a watchdog timer is started to monitor the runaway of the sub-main CPU 201 (S608).

  Subsequently, an effect control side main process is executed as the main process of the game effect (S609). Details of the effect control side main process (S609) will be described later with reference to FIG. Note that when the process shifts to the production control side main process in S609, it is not normally possible to return from the main process to the reset start process, but in the unlikely event that the process returns to this process due to a program bug or the like. The mode is shifted to a low power consumption mode (sleep mode) in which power consumption is lower than that during normal operation.

《Direction control side main processing》
Next, the production control side main process (S609) of the production control board 200 will be described. FIG. 26 is a flowchart showing the effect control side main process (S609).

  First, an address (start address where the program is expanded) for starting a check as to whether or not the control program is correctly expanded in the RAM 203 in the production control side main process is acquired (S611). Subsequently, all interrupts are permitted (activation of various interrupt processes is permitted) (S612).

  Next, a device initialization operation is executed (S613). This initialization operation is an operation mode that is executed only once when the pachinko gaming machine PM is turned on (at the start of resetting). In order to control the operation of the movable accessory 24 by a device such as a motor or a solenoid. It is executed for the purpose of confirming the position information necessary for. At the end of the initialization operation, the movable accessory 24 returns to a preset initial position (reference position).

  Subsequently, the watchdog timer is cleared to restart the watchdog timer (S614). At this time, when the sub main CPU 201 is executing the program normally, a predetermined clear word is written to the WDT clear register of the sub main CPU 201 within a preset time-out period, so that the watchdog timer Cleared and restarted. On the other hand, when the watchdog timer times out, a user reset occurs.

  Subsequently, input port check processing is executed (S615). In this input port check processing, reading of the I / O port circuit 204 (input port) in the port input / output processing S912 in timer interrupt processing, which will be described later, is monitored each time an interrupt occurs, and is monitored a plurality of times (for example, four times). When the input port states are all “1”, the signal level is “1 (H level)”, when all the input ports are “0”, the signal level is “0 (L level)”, otherwise the signal level is set. Do not change (this determines the input signal).

  Subsequently, an error effect management process is executed (S616). In this error effect management process, error effects by various devices are started based on the error effect pattern set in the subsequent command analysis process (S620). Further, in the error presentation management process, an initial value (error presentation time) is set in the error management timer to manage the progress of the error presentation. This error management timer is subtracted and updated at an interval of 16 ms in the error management timer update process (S920) of the production control side timer interrupt process. When the error management timer times out, the error presentation is ended.

  Subsequently, the effect button monitoring control process is executed (S617). In the effect button monitoring control process, when a button notice effect is incorporated during symbol variation, the input state of the effect button 15 within the operation effective time is monitored, and a plurality of preset values are set in accordance with the button notice effect. The content of the production according to the input state of the production button 15 is determined from the types of production content.

  Subsequently, a notice lottery management process is executed (S618). In this notice lottery management process, a notice effect pattern that defines the details of the notice effect that occurs at each stage of the decorative symbol variation process in accordance with the scenario of the variation effect pattern selected in the subsequent command analysis process (S620) ( The notice performance number) is determined by lottery. The notice effect number determined here is temporarily stored in the notice effect number storage area of the sub-main information storage means 260. In addition, an image control command for designating the notice effect number to the image control board 300 side is generated and set in the image control command buffer of the sub-main information storage unit 260. At this time, when an accessory announcement effect pattern (an accessory announcement effect number) is selected as the announcement effect pattern, an accessory request is generated, and the movable accessory 24 is obtained in the subsequent device management process (S619). Drive patterns are identified. In this example, not all of the multiple types of notice effects (notice effect patterns) that occur within one variation of the decorative symbol are drawn in one main loop process, but the main loop process efficiency is improved. Therefore, a lottery is performed across a plurality of main loop processes, divided for each time of occurrence of a notice effect (for example, a fluctuation start stage, a reach generation stage, and a fluctuation stop stage). At that time, the notice effect that occurs at the beginning of the decorative symbol change stage needs to be synchronized with the start of the decorative symbol change (send the image control command immediately). To do.

  Next, device management processing is executed (S619). In this device management process, when there is an operation request (lamp request, accessory request) of various devices in a command analysis process (S620) described later, a plurality of types of pattern data (lamp pattern, drive pattern) stored in the ROM 203 ), The pattern data corresponding to the production number (lamp production number, accessory announcement production number) is specified, and control of the target device is started. In the lamp pattern data of the effect lamp LP, lamp data associated with every frame time (time required to update an image frame once: 16 ms) is stored as schedule data. In this example, one frame time corresponds to the time required for drawing processing of one frame when drawing is performed at about 60 frames per second (= about 60 fps) in the effect display device 70. Similarly, in the driving pattern data of the movable accessory 24, driving data associated with each interrupt cycle (1 ms) is stored as schedule data. As a result, control data (lamp data, drive data, etc.) is output to the target device at regular intervals in an effect control side timer interrupt process described later, and the operation of the target device is started. On the other hand, when the output of a series of control data (lamp data, drive data) is completed in the production control side timer interruption process described later, the production lamp LP is turned off or the operation of the movable accessory 24 is stopped. Then, the control of the target device is finished.

  Subsequently, command analysis processing (S620) is executed. In this command analysis process, it is monitored whether or not an effect control command is stored in the command storage area of the sub-main information storage means 260. If an effect control command is stored, this command is read out, and the effect control command that has been read out is read out. The effect control process corresponding to the type is executed. Details of the command analysis processing (S620) will be described later with reference to FIG.

  Then, it is determined whether command analysis (effect control command analysis) has been executed during the current loop processing (S621). If it is immediately after command analysis (S621: YES), the process returns to S614 and proceeds to the next loop process. On the other hand, when the command analysis is not executed (S621: NO), the effect lottery random number update process is executed (S622). In this effect lottery random number update process, effect lottery random numbers such as a pre-reading notice lottery random number, a decorative design random number, a variable effect pattern random number, and a notice effect random number are updated. Specifically, 1 is added to the numerical value of each random number counter, and when the numerical value exceeds the maximum value, the value is returned to the minimum value.

(Command analysis processing)
Next, command analysis processing (S620) will be described. FIG. 27 is a flowchart showing details of the command analysis processing (S620). In this command analysis processing, it is monitored whether or not an effect control command from the main control board 100 is stored in the command storage area of the sub-main information storage means 260, and an effect corresponding to the type of the stored effect control command. Execute control processing.

  First, it is determined whether or not a gaming state designation command is stored in the command storage area of the sub-main information storage means 260 (S631). When the game state designation command is stored (step S631: YES), the process proceeds to the effect state transition process (S632). In the effect state transition process (S632), a process of changing the effect mode is executed based on the variation pattern selection state information included in the game state designation command. Details of the effect state transition process (S632) will be described later with reference to FIG.

Subsequently, it is determined whether or not a hold-related command is stored in the command storage area of the sub-main information storage unit 260 (S633). Here, the hold related commands include a symbol memory number command and a prior determination command. When the hold related command is stored (S633: YES), the process proceeds to the hold information management process (S634). In the hold information management process (S634), a symbol storage number command or a pre-determination command is read from the sub-main information storage means 260, a pre-reading determination is executed based on the information of the pre-determination result, and the hold display of the effect display device 70 is performed. Processing for updating the display number and display mode (display color, etc.) of the reserved images displayed in the sections 701 and 702 is performed.

  Next, it is determined whether or not a symbol variation related command is stored in the command storage area of the sub-main information storage means 260 (S635). Here, the symbol variation related commands include a variation start command and a variation stop command. When the symbol variation related command is stored (step S635: YES), the routine proceeds to variation effect content determination processing (S636). In this variation effect content determination process (S636), if the received symbol variation related command is a variation start command, processing for starting the symbol variation effect is executed, and the received symbol variation related command is a variation stop command. In some cases, a process for ending the symbol variation effect being executed is executed. Details of the variation effect content determination process (S636) will be described later with reference to FIG.

  Subsequently, it is determined whether or not a big hit effect related command is stored in the command storage area of the sub-main information storage means 260 (S637). Here, the jackpot effect-related commands include a jackpot start demonstration effect command, a round effect designation command, and a jackpot end demonstration effect command. When the big hit effect related command is stored (step S637: YES), the process proceeds to the big hit effect content determination process (S638). In this jackpot effect content determination process (S638), a process for executing a start demonstration effect, a round effect, and an end demonstration effect is performed. Details of the jackpot effect content determination process (S638) will be described later with reference to FIG.

  Subsequently, it is determined whether or not a small hit effect related command is stored in the command storage area of the sub-main information storage means 260 (S639). Here, the small hit effect-related commands include a small hit start demonstration effect command and a small hit end demonstration effect command. When the small hit effect related command is stored (step S639: YES), the process proceeds to the small hit effect content determination process (S640). In the small hit effect content determination processing (S640), processing for executing the small hit start demonstration effect and the small hit end demonstration effect is performed.

  Subsequently, it is determined whether or not an error effect designation command is stored in the command storage area of the sub-main information storage means 260 (S641). When this error effect designation command is stored (S641: YES), the process proceeds to an error effect content determination process (S642). In this error effect content determination process (S642), an error effect designation command is read from the sub-main information storage means 260, and an error for notifying the error state by the image display of the effect display device 70, the light emission mode of the effect lamp LP, or the like. Determine the production pattern.

  What is the case when the effect control command is not stored in the command storage area of the sub main information storage means 260 (S631: NO, S633: NO, S635: NO, S637: NO, S639: NO, S641: NO) Then, the command analysis process is terminated.

(Production state transition process)
Next, the production state transition process (S632) will be described. FIG. 28 is a flowchart showing details of the effect state transition process (S632).

First, the contents of the game state designation command from the main control board 100 are analyzed, and information regarding the variation pattern selection state included in the contents of this command is acquired (S701). Subsequently, based on the information regarding the variation pattern selection state acquired in S701, it is determined whether or not the trigger for transition to the production mode has arrived (S702). When the timing for transition to the effect mode has arrived (S702: YES), the transition setting to the predetermined effect mode is performed in S703 and thereafter. In addition, the transition trigger of the production mode is in principle linked with the transition trigger of the variation pattern selection state, for example, when the special game ends or when the end number of the variation pattern selection state expires. Note that the final number of times of the variation pattern selection state is the number of times related to the number of variations of the special symbol.

  First, it is determined whether or not the transition destination of the variation pattern selection state managed on the main control board 100 side is the low probability normal variation state α (S703). When the transition destination is the low probability normal variation state α (S703: YES), the normal rendering mode Mα is set as the transition destination of the rendering mode (S704). When the normal effect mode Mα is entered, the normal background data number is set in the background data storage area of the sub-main information storage means 260 (S705). In the normal effect mode Mα, for example, a normal background image of “wilderness” is displayed on the effect display device 70 from the next symbol variation. On the other hand, when the transition destination is not the low probability normal variation state α (S703: NO), it is determined whether or not the transition destination of the variation pattern selection state is the high probability short variation state β (S706). When the transition destination is the high-probability short-time variation state β (S706: YES), the probability variation effect mode Mβ is set as the transition destination of the effect mode (S707). When the mode changes to the probability variation effect mode A, the probability variation background data number is set in the background data storage area of the sub-main information storage means 260 (S708). Then, in the probability variation effect mode Mβ, for example, a probability variation background image of “Citadel” is displayed on the effect display device 70 from the next symbol variation.

  When the transition destination of the variation pattern selection state is not the high probability short variation state β (S706: NO), it is determined whether or not the transition destination of the variation pattern selection state is the high probability special variation state γ (S709). ). If the transition destination is the high probability special variation state γ (S709: YES), the special effect mode Mγ is set as the transition destination of the effect mode (S710). Subsequently, it is determined whether or not the special continuous effect flag in the sub-main information storage unit 260 is on (S711). The special continuous effect flag is a flag that is turned on when the special continuous effect is executed. If the special continuous effect flag is on (S711: YES), a special background data number is set in the background data storage area of the sub-main information storage means 260 (S712). In the special effect mode Mγ, for example, a special background image of “starry sky” is displayed on the effect display device 70 from the next symbol variation. On the other hand, when the special continuous effect flag is OFF (S711: NO), the probability variation background data number is set in the background data storage area of the sub-main information storage means 260 (S713). In the special effect mode Mγ, for example, a probability change background image of “Citadel” (substantially the same background image as in the probability change effect mode Mβ) is displayed on the effect display device 70 from the next symbol variation. Subsequently, an image control command for instructing display of the effect content (background image) determined in the processing is generated and stored in the command storage area of the sub-main information storage unit 260 (S721).

(Variation production content determination process)
Next, the variation effect content determination process (S636) will be described. FIG. 29 is a flowchart showing details of the variation effect content determination process (S636).

  First, it is determined whether or not a change start command is stored in the sub-main information storage unit 260 (S731). If a variation start command is stored (S731: YES), the contents of this variation start command (variation pattern designation command, variation additional symbol information designation command, character effect number designation command) are analyzed, and the contents of this command are analyzed. As a result of the winning / losing lottery included, information indicating a symbol group, a variation pattern (variation time), a gaming state, and the like is acquired (S732). This acquired information is stored in the variation effect content determination area of the sub-main information storage means 260.

Subsequently, a variation effect pattern selection process is executed (S733). In this variation effect pattern selection process, a variation effect pattern table is acquired based on the variation pattern information acquired in S732 and the effect mode set in the effect state transition process in S632, and from the effect lottery random number generation unit 210. A random effect pattern random number is acquired, and one of the variable effect patterns is selected by lottery from a plurality of types of variable effect patterns. The variation effect pattern constitutes a scenario of the effect display process in which the variation pattern of the decorative design, the type / occurrence time of the reach effect, the type / occurrence time of the notice effect, etc. are defined. The variable effect pattern number determined here is temporarily stored in the variable effect pattern storage area of the sub-main information storage unit 260. Further, a lamp effect number corresponding to the selected variable effect pattern number is requested, and the requested lamp effect number is set in the lamp request storage area of the sub-main information storage unit 260.

  Next, a decorative symbol stop symbol selection process is executed (S734). In this decorative symbol stop symbol selection process, based on the symbol group information and the variation pattern information acquired in S732, combinations of stop symbols (left symbol, middle symbol, right symbol) of decorative symbols to be finally stopped are selected by lottery. decide. The decorative symbol combination number determined here is temporarily stored in the decorative symbol storage area of the sub-main information storage unit 260.

  Subsequently, as the update of the prefetch information storage area of the sub-main information storage means 260, the hold ball information stored in the hold 2 storage area to the hold 4 storage area is shifted to the lower hold storage area, and the hold 4 storage area is changed. Zero clear is performed (S735).

  Next, special effect determination processing is executed (S736). In this special effect determination process, it is determined whether or not a special effect with high rarity (so-called ascension effect) that is displayed when a predetermined condition is satisfied with respect to the so-called villa state is executed. The predetermined condition is, for example, that the number of consecutive games reaches a predetermined number, the cumulative number of specific big hits in the consecutive resort state reaches a predetermined number, the accumulated number of winning balls in the consecutive resort state reaches a predetermined number, A case where a specific effect (a specific effect during symbol change or special game) is generated during the villa state can be cited. Details of the special effect determination process (S736) will be described later with reference to FIG. 41 in the first modification.

  Next, the on-hold consecutive villa production A determination process is executed (S737). In the on-hold consecutive villa production A determination process, whether or not to execute the on-hold consecutive villa production A is determined. Details of the on-hold consecutive resort production A determination process (S737) will be described later with reference to FIG.

  Subsequently, when executing the on-hold extended villa production A in S737, a process of replacing the contents of the symbol variation production selected in S733 and S734 according to the content of the on-hold extended villa production A is executed. (S738). For example, when the consecutive house effect pattern PA2 is selected, the normal jackpot symbol selected in S734 is replaced with a special jackpot symbol “S · S · S” as a symbol change effect replacement process. The decorative symbol combination number (big hit symbol number) replaced here is temporarily stored in the decorative symbol storage area of the sub-main information storage means 260. In the present embodiment, the target of the prefetch determination in the on-hold consecutive villa production A is the subsequent operation reservation ball that exists at the time when the previous operation reservation ball is digested (when the variation start condition is satisfied). It is. For this reason, even if the operation hold ball generated during the change is specified hold, the on-hold consecutive resort production A determination process (S737) and the replacement process (S738) are not executed, but specified during the change. In the case where a hold is generated, it is configured to execute the in-hold extended villa effect A determination process (S737) and the replacement process (S738) even during the change, and to change the change effect data set at the start of the change. Also good.

Then, based on the effect information acquired in S733 to S738, an image control command (variable effect start command) required for starting the decoration symbol change is generated, and this image control command is stored in the command storage area of the sub-main information storage unit 260. Set (S739).

  On the other hand, when the change start command is not stored (S731: NO), it is determined whether or not the change stop command is stored in the sub-main information storage unit 260 (S740). When the variable stop command is stored (S740: YES), the content of the variable stop command is analyzed, and the symbol stop information included in the content of this command is acquired (S741). Then, an image control command (variation effect stop command) required to stop the decoration symbol variation is generated, and this image control command is set in the command storage area of the sub-main information storage means 260 (S742).

(Reserved Renrenso production A judgment process)
Next, the on-hold consecutive villa production A determination process (S737) will be described. FIG. 30 is a flowchart showing details of the on-hold consecutive resort production A determination process (S737).

  First, it is determined whether or not the special continuous effect flag in the sub-main information storage means 260 is on (S761). If the special continuous effect flag is not on (S761: NO), the information stored in the variation effect content determination area of the sub-main information storage unit 260 in the above S732 (result of the lottery determination and jackpot type) is analyzed, It is determined whether or not the lottery result of the special symbol to be changed this time is 16R big hit (S762). If the lottery result is a 16R big hit (S762: YES), it is determined whether or not the pre-determination information of the operation holding ball of the second special symbol is stored in the pre-read information storage area of the sub-main information storage means 260. (S763). In this example, the pre-reading determination of the on-hold consecutive villa effect A is performed on the operation holding ball of the second special symbol that occurs before the symbol variation is started. When there is an operation holding ball of the second special symbol (S763: YES), it is determined whether or not there is a specific holding in the operation holding ball of the second special symbol (S764). If there is a specific hold (S764: YES), it is determined whether this specific hold indicates a 16R big hit (S765). If the specific hold corresponds to a 16R big hit (S765: YES), a hold-in-resort renga production A lottery process is executed to determine whether or not to execute the in-hold-ream villa production A (S766). ). In this on-hold consecutive resort production A lottery process, when the consecutive resort production lottery random value matches the determination value of “execution” or “non-execution” with reference to the unillustrated consecutive resort production A lottery table Determine whether or not to execute. In this example, for example, execution is determined at a rate of 80% and non-execution is determined at a rate of 20%.

  Subsequently, it is determined whether or not the winning in the on-hold consecutive villa production A lottery process is won (S767). In the case of winning (S767: YES), a consecutive resort production pattern selection process for determining the content of the on-hold consecutive resort production A is executed (S768). In this consecutive resort production pattern selection process, while obtaining the consecutive resort production pattern table shown in FIG. From the production patterns, one of the consecutive-village production patterns is determined by lottery. Next, the number of the extended villa effect pattern selected this time is temporarily stored in the extended villa effect pattern storage area of the sub-main information storage means 260 (S769). Then, the on-hold consecutive resort effect flag in the sub-main information storage means 260 is turned on (S770). Note that the on-hold consecutive resort production flag is a flag that is turned on when the on-hold consecutive resort production flag is executed.

(Big hit production content determination process)
Next, the big hit effect content determination process (S638) will be described. FIG. 31 is a flowchart showing details of the jackpot effect content determination process (S636).

First, it is determined whether or not a start demo command is stored in the sub-main information storage means 260 (S801). If the start demo command is stored (S801: YES), the contents of the start demo command are analyzed, and information indicating the jackpot type and the like included in the contents of this command is acquired (S802). This acquired information is stored in the big hit effect content determination area of the sub-main information storage means 260. Subsequently, the continuous resort count counter for counting the number of consecutive resorts is updated (S803). Specifically, when the big hit this time is a big hit in the normal state (referred to as “first hit”), “1” is set in the extended game count counter, and in the case of the extended game, the extended game counter is set to “ 1 ”is added.

  Next, a jackpot effect pattern selection process for determining the contents of the jackpot effect pattern (start demo effect pattern, round effect pattern, end demo effect pattern) is executed (S804). In this jackpot effect pattern selection process, a jackpot effect pattern table (not shown) is acquired, and a jackpot effect pattern random number value is acquired from the effect lottery random number generating means 210, and any one of a plurality of types of jackpot effect patterns is selected. The big hit production pattern is determined by lottery. The jackpot effect pattern number (start demo pattern number, round effect pattern number, end demo pattern number) determined here is temporarily stored in the jackpot effect pattern storage area of the sub-main information storage means 260.

  Next, the on-hold consecutive resort production B determination process is executed (S805). In the on-hold consecutive villa effect B determination process, whether or not to execute the on-hold consecutive villa effect B is determined, and if it is determined to execute the on-hold consecutive villa effect B, a consecutive villa effect pattern is selected. Details of the on-hold consecutive resort production B determination process (S805) will be described later with reference to FIG.

  Subsequently, a big hit effect replacement process is executed (S806). In this jackpot effect replacement process, when the on-hold consecutive resort effect B (special continuous effect) is executed, the normal start demo effect pattern and the normal end demo effect pattern are changed to the special start demo effect pattern and the special end demo effect pattern. Replace with. Details of the jackpot effect replacement process (S806) will be described later with reference to FIG. In the present embodiment, the pre-reading determination target in the on-hold consecutive resort production B exists at the start time of the special game (at the end of the change) when the preceding operation holding ball is a big hit. It is a subsequent working hold ball. Therefore, even if the operation holding ball generated during the special game is a specific hold, the on-hold consecutive villa production B determination process (S805) and the replacement process (S806) are not executed, but during the special game When a specific hold is generated, the on-hold consecutive resort stage B determination process (S805) and the replacement process (S806) are executed even during the special game, so that the big hit effect data set at the start of the special game is replaced. You may comprise.

  Then, the start demonstration effect pattern number temporarily stored in the jackpot effect pattern storage area of the sub-main information storage means 260 in S804 and S806 is transferred to the start demonstration effect storage area of the sub-main information storage means 260, and the start demonstration effect A start is set (S807).

  Subsequently, it is determined whether or not a round effect designation command is stored in the sub-main information storage means 260 (S811). When the round effect designation command is stored (S807: YES), the content of the round effect designation command is analyzed, and the number of rounds included in the content of this command and the number of winning prizes to the big winning openings 64 and 65 are calculated. The information shown is acquired (S812). This acquired information is stored in the big hit effect content determination area of the sub-main information storage means 260. Subsequently, based on the information acquired in S812, the round number counter of the sub main information storage unit 260 is updated (S813), and the big prize counter of the sub main information storage unit 260 is updated (S814). In this example, since “14” prize balls are paid out every time a game ball wins a prize winning opening 64, 65, “14” is multiplied by the number of winning prizes in the prize winning openings 64, 65. Thus, the number of winning prize balls is calculated.

Next, it is determined whether or not the pseudo count flag of the sub main information storage unit 260 is on (S815). The pseudo count flag is a flag that is turned on when executing a pseudo count effect in which the number of rounds and the number of winning prize balls in the previous special game are added to the number of rounds and the number of winning prize balls in the subsequent special game. It is. When the pseudo count flag is on (S815: YES), that is, when the subsequent round effect (pseudo count effect) is scheduled to be executed, the round number pseudo addition process is executed (S816). In this round number pseudo addition process, the round game execution number (round number: 16R) executed in the previous special game is added to the round game execution number (round number: 1R to 16R) stored in the round number counter. to add. Thereby, in the special continuous performance, the round game of the first round in the later special game is notified as the round game of the 17th round.

  Subsequently, a winning prize number pseudo-addition process is executed (S817). In this winning prize number pseudo-addition process, the number of winning prizes in the previous special game is added to the number of winnings stored in the big winning number counter. Thereby, in the special continuous performance, the number of winning balls acquired in the later special game is notified as the total number of winning balls acquired in the previous special game and the later special game.

  Then, the round effect pattern number temporarily stored in the jackpot effect pattern storage area of the sub-main information storage unit 260 in S804 and S806, together with the values of the round number counter and the big prize counter, are round effects of the sub-main information storage unit 260. Transfer to the storage area and set the start of the round effect (S818).

  Next, it is determined whether or not an end demo command is stored in the sub-main information storage unit 260 (S821). When the end demo command is stored (S821: YES), the content of the end demo command is analyzed, and information included in the content of this command is acquired (S822). This acquired information is stored in the big hit effect content determination area of the sub-main information storage means 260. Next, it is determined whether or not the special continuous effect flag in the sub-main information storage unit 260 is on (S823). When the special continuous effect flag is on (S823: YES), the value of the round number counter (number of rounds) and the value of the big prize number counter (large number of winning prizes) are stored in the previous big hit of the sub main information storage means 260. Temporarily store in the area (S824). This means that if the current big hit corresponds to the previous big hit in the special continuous performance, the final round number and the big winning number in the previous big win are the pseudo-addition processing in the later big win effect (S816, S817) Because it is scheduled to be used in the game, it is stored as record information of the previous special game. Therefore, in the pseudo addition processing in S816 and S817, the numerical values (the number of rounds and the number of winning prizes) stored in the previous jackpot storage area are added. Next, the round number counter and the big prize number counter in the sub main information storage means 260 are cleared (S825, S826).

  Subsequently, it is determined whether or not the pseudo count flag of the sub-main information storage unit 260 is on (S827). If the pseudo count flag is on (S827: YES), the pseudo count flag is turned off (S828). Next, it is determined whether or not the on-hold consecutive resort effect flag in the sub-main information storage means 260 is on (S835). If the on-hold consecutive resort effect flag is on (S835: YES), the on-hold consecutive resort effect flag in the sub-main information storage means 260 is turned off (S836).

  Next, the end demonstration effect pattern number temporarily stored in the jackpot effect pattern storage area of the sub main information storage means 260 in S804 and S806 is transferred to the end demonstration effect storage area of the sub main information storage means 260, and the end demonstration effect The start is set (S837). Then, based on the effect information acquired in S805, S807, S818, and S837, an image control command required for the big hit effect is generated, and this image control command is set in the command storage area of the sub-main information storage unit 260 (S838). .

(Reservation Renrenso production B judgment process)
Next, the on-hold consecutive resort production B determination process (S805) will be described. FIG. 32 is a flowchart showing details of the on-hold consecutive resort effect B determination process (S805).

  First, it is determined whether or not the on-hold consecutive resort effect flag in the sub-main information storage means 260 is on, that is, whether or not the on-hold extended resort effect A has already been executed in the symbol variation effect (S851). When the on-hold consecutive resort effect flag is not on (S851: NO), the information stored in the variation effect content determination area of the sub-main information storage unit 260 in the above-described S732 (the result of the lottery determination and the jackpot type) is analyzed. Then, it is determined whether or not the lottery result of the special symbol to be changed this time is 16R big hit (S852). If the lottery result is a 16R big hit (S852: YES), it is determined whether or not the pre-determination information of the operation holding ball of the second special symbol is stored in the pre-read information storage area of the sub-main information storage means 260. (S853). In this example, the pre-reading determination of the on-hold consecutive resort production B is performed on the operation holding ball of the second special symbol that occurs until the special game is started, that is, until the jackpot start demo command is received. When there is an operation holding ball of the second special symbol (S853: YES), it is determined whether or not there is a specific holding in the operation holding ball of the second special symbol (S854). If there is a specific hold (S854: YES), the on-hold consecutive resort effect B lottery process 1 for determining whether or not to execute the on-hold extended resort effect B by lottery is executed (S856). In the on-hold consecutive resort production B lottery process 1, the consecutive resort production lottery random number value matches the determination value of “execution” or “non-execution” with reference to the unillustrated consecutive resort production B lottery table 1. If so, determine whether to execute. In this example, for example, execution is determined at a rate of 80% and non-execution is determined at a rate of 20%. It should be noted that the winning probabilities of the on-hold consecutive villa production B may be made different depending on the specific holding type (16R big hit, 8R big hit). For example, in the case of specific hold for 16R big hit, the in-hold extended resort production B is executed at a rate of 100%, and in the case of specific hold for 8R big hit, the in-hold extended resort production B is executed at a rate of 50%. It may be configured. This is to increase the player's expectation by increasing the appearance probability of the on-hold consecutive resort production B when the player has a great advantage.

  On the other hand, when there is no specific hold (S854: NO), the on-hold consecutive villa production B lottery process 2 for determining whether or not to execute the on-hold consecutive villa production B is executed by lottery (S857). . In the on-hold consecutive resort production B lottery process 2, the random resort production lottery random number value matches the determination value of “execution” or “non-execution” with reference to the unillustrated consecutive resort production B lottery table 2. If so, determine whether to execute. In this example, for example, execution is determined at a rate of 10% and non-execution is determined at a rate of 90%.

  Subsequently, it is determined whether or not the winning in the on-hold consecutive villa production B lottery process (S858). When winning (S858: YES), the extended resort production | presentation pattern selection process for determining the content of the pending | reserved extended resort production B is performed (S861). In this consecutive resort production pattern selection process, while obtaining the consecutive resort production pattern table shown in FIG. 8B, the consecutive resort production pattern random number value is obtained from the production lottery random number generating means 210, and a plurality of types of consecutive resorts are obtained. From the production patterns, one of the consecutive-village production patterns is determined by lottery. Next, the number of the villa effect pattern selected this time is temporarily stored in the villa effect pattern storage area of the sub-main information storage means 260 (S868). Then, the on-hold consecutive resort effect flag in the sub-main information storage means 260 is turned on (S870).

(Big hit production replacement process)
Next, the jackpot effect replacement process (S806) will be described. FIG. 33 is a flowchart showing details of the jackpot effect replacement process (S806). In this jackpot effect replacement process, a special end demonstration effect is set in S881 to S885 in the case of the previous special game in order to execute the special continuous effect by connecting the previous special game and the subsequent special game. In the case of a later special game, a special start demonstration effect is set in S886 to S890.

  First, it is determined whether or not the special continuous effect flag in the sub-main information storage unit 260 is on, that is, whether or not the special continuous effect is already being executed (S881). If the special continuous effect flag is not on (S881: NO), it is determined whether the on-hold extended resort effect flag in the sub-main information storage means 260 is on (S882). If the on-hold consecutive resort effect flag is not on (S882: NO), information indicating that the previous big hit (01H) is set in the special continuous effect status of the sub-main information storage means 260 (S883). Thus, it is determined that the current big hit (special game) is the previous big hit (special game) in the special continuous performance. Subsequently, the normal end demonstration effect pattern number set in S804 is replaced with the special end / end demonstration effect pattern number (S884). Then, the special continuous effect flag is turned on to generate the special continuous effect (885).

  On the other hand, when the special continuous effect flag is on (S881: YES), that is, when the special continuous effect is already being executed, the special big effect status in the sub-main information storage means 260 is set to “subsequent big hit (02H ) ”Is set (S886). Thereby, it is determined that the current big hit (special game) is the later big hit (special game) in the special continuous performance. Next, it is determined whether or not the current jackpot is a 16R jackpot (high profit jackpot) (S887). If it is 16R big hit (S887: YES), the normal start demonstration effect pattern number set in S804 is replaced with the special end start demonstration effect pattern number (S888). Subsequently, the pseudo count flag of the sub-main information storage unit 260 is turned on to connect the special continuous effect to the pseudo count effect (S889). Then, the special continuous effect flag is turned off (S890).

《Reception interrupt processing of production control command》
Next, the reception control process of the effect control command will be described. FIG. 34 is a flowchart showing an effect control command reception interrupt process. In this effect control command reception interrupt process, as described above, an interrupt is generated based on the input of the strobe signal from the main control board 100, and various effect control commands are acquired in this interrupt process. It is like that. The effect control command includes 1-byte MODE data and 1-byte EVENT data, and is transmitted from the main control board 100 to the effect control board 200 in the order of MODE data and EVENT data. Hereinafter, for convenience of explanation, MODE data is also referred to as “first command”, and EVENT data is also referred to as “second command”.

  First, when an interrupt based on the strobe signal from the main control board 100 is generated, it is determined whether or not the input value of the effect control command is confirmed (S901). Specifically, the command data is read up to five times, and the input value is determined when the same value is read twice. This is because the reading of the effect control command may fail due to noise or the like, and the input value is not finalized until the same value is read twice.

Subsequently, it is determined whether or not the command received this time is the first command (MODE), in other words, whether the command is the first command (MODE) or the second command (EVENT) (S902). If the command received this time is the first command (S902: YES), the first command is temporarily stored in the temporary area (S903). Then, the effect lottery random number is acquired from the effect lottery random number generation means 210, and this random number information is temporarily stored in the effect lottery random number storage area of the sub main information storage means 260 (S904). Note that the production lottery random number is acquired when the production control command is received. The production control command is transmitted at a physically irregular timing, such as when a game ball starts winning or when a special symbol changes. Therefore, it is to prevent periodicity from being obtained at the acquisition time by using it as an opportunity. In this way, by making the production lottery random number acquisition time irregular, it is difficult to cause inconveniences such as the same production being unnaturally repeated in various production lotteries.

  On the other hand, when the command received this time is the second command (S902: NO), it is determined whether or not the first command has already been received (S905). That is, it is determined whether or not the effect control command is received in the order of the first command (MODE) → the second command (EVENT), and it is confirmed whether there is no contradiction in the combination of the effect control commands. If there is no contradiction in the combination of effect control commands (S905: YES), the address indicated by the light pointer (writing pointer) is acquired (S906). Subsequently, the first command and the second command are stored in the effect control command buffer (ring buffer) of the sub-main information storage unit 260 according to the address indicated by the light pointer (S907). The saved command data is read out in the command analysis process (S620) in the main process, and the effect control process corresponding to the type of effect control command is executed. Next, the address indicated by the write pointer is updated (S908). Further, the command data (first command) temporarily stored in S903 is cleared (S909).

《Timer interrupt processing for production control side》
Next, the production control side timer interruption process will be described. FIG. 35 is a flowchart showing the effect control side timer interruption process. This timer interrupt process is started by a clock pulse at regular time intervals, and is executed by interrupting the above-described production control side main process.

  When a timer interrupt occurs, the contents of the register in the sub main CPU 201 are saved in the stack area of the RAM 203, and then the processing from S911 onward is executed sequentially. In this timer interrupt process, interrupts with priority level 2 or higher, such as an effect control command reception interrupt from the main control board 100 and a watchdog timer interrupt, are permitted (S911).

  Subsequently, port input / output processing is executed (S912). In this port input / output processing, port data input processing and output processing in the I / O port circuit 204 are performed. In the input processing, various signals input to the I / O port circuit 204 (input port) are read and stored as input information. In the output process, various control signals (motor control signals) temporarily stored in the sub-main information storage unit 260 are read and output from the I / O port circuit 204 (output port).

  Subsequently, device control data output processing is executed (S913). In this device control data output process, drive data for a predetermined time is read from the drive pattern data specified in the device management process (S619) and set in the drive data storage area of the sub-main information storage means 260. The drive data set in this process is data indicating control for 1 ms corresponding to the interrupt cycle. When drive data is set in this process, the drive data is output from the I / O port circuit 204 (output port) to the motor driver 92 in the next timer interrupt process. Therefore, in this device control data output process, the drive data is switched every interrupt cycle (1 ms) according to the drive pattern data.

  Next, an effect timer update process is executed (S914). In this effect timer update process, the values of various effect timers used for effect operation control are subtracted and updated every interrupt cycle (1 ms in this embodiment). The effect timer includes a timer for managing the variation time of the decorative symbol, a timer for managing the timing of occurrence of the notice effect, and the like. By this effect timer, the time schedule in the variable effect pattern is managed, and time management such as the drive timing of the movable accessory 24 and the lighting timing of the effect lamp LP is managed on the time axis. The effect timer is also used in the device control data output process (S913) and the lamp data update process (S918) in the effect control timer interrupt process.

  Subsequently, a button control timer update process is executed (S915). The value of the effective time management timer for managing the effective operation time of the effect button 15 is updated by subtracting the interrupt period (1 ms in this embodiment). The operation valid time is a time for which the operation input of the effect button 15 is valid.

  Subsequently, task control counter update processing is executed (S717). In this task control counter update process, the value of the task counter (“0” to “15”) is updated for each timer interrupt. Specifically, if the value of the task counter is “0” to “14”, it is incremented by 1. If the value of the task counter is “15”, it is returned to “0”. That is, this task counter can take a circulation period of 16 ms. Various tasks (task processing) are assigned corresponding to the task counter value updated this time, and the ramp control task (lamp data update processing in S718) and runaway monitoring are performed according to the task counter value. Each process such as a task (image CPU runaway monitoring process in S719) and an error management task (error management timer update process in S720) is executed. In this example, one of the task counter values (“0” to “15”) is assigned to the lamp control task, and the other two values (values with an interval of 8 ms between each other) are used for runaway monitoring. It is assigned to the task, and another value is assigned to the error management task (the description of the other tasks is omitted). As described above, the reason why the circulation cycle of the task counter is set to 16 ms is to make it coincide with the minimum unit (16 ms) of the effect lamp LP switching control. The minimum unit (16 ms) of the effect lamp LP switching control corresponds to one frame time of the image frame, and realizes synchronization between the image effect and the lamp effect.

  Subsequently, lamp data update processing is executed (S918). In this lamp data update process, lamp data for a predetermined time is read and set from the lamp pattern data specified in the device management process (S619). The lamp data set in this processing is data indicating lighting control for 16 ms, which is the minimum unit of the effect lamp LP switching control. When the lamp data is set, the lamp data is automatically output from the output port (serial port) to the lamp connection board 91 by serial transfer. The ramp data output process is configured as a serial communication interrupt process, and is realized by sequentially writing the ramp data to the transmission buffer of the serial communication circuit. The serial communication circuit serially converts the ramp data of the transmission buffer in units of 1 byte, and outputs the converted data to the lamp connection board 91 in units of one bit in synchronization with the serial clock. This process is repeated until the transmission buffer becomes empty, whereby all the ramp data (all bytes) stored in the transmission buffer are output. Therefore, in the lamp data update process, the lamp data is switched every frame time (16 ms) according to the lamp pattern, and the lamp data is output to the lamp connection board 91 by serial transfer. The ramp data update process is executed when the task counter value reaches a predetermined value (value indicating the ramp control task) in the task control counter update process (S917) (that is, executed at a cycle of 16 ms). Processing).

  Subsequently, an image CPU runaway monitoring process is executed (S919). In this image CPU runaway monitoring process, a toggle signal input from the image control board 300 is monitored, and when the toggle signal does not change continuously for 1600 ms (about 50 to 100 frames), the image control board 300 The sub-sub CPU 301 is determined to be out of control, and a reset signal is transmitted from the effect control board 200 to the image control board 300. Thereby, the image control board 300 side executes a predetermined reset process when the reset state of the sub sub CPU 301 occurs. The toggle signal is a signal having a waveform in which H level / L level is alternately repeated every frame time. This image CPU runaway monitoring process is a process executed when the value of the task counter becomes a predetermined value (a value indicating an image monitoring task) in the task control counter update process (S917).

  Next, error management timer processing is executed (S920). In this error management timer process, the error effect timer value for managing the error effect time set in the error effect management process (S617) is subtracted and updated. This error management timer process is a process executed when the task counter value becomes a predetermined value (a value indicating an error management task) in the task control counter update process (S917). Then, all interrupts are permitted and the saved register contents are restored. Then, the effect control side timer interrupt process is terminated, and the process returns to the original process before the occurrence of the interrupt.

《Image control command transmission interrupt processing》
Next, transmission interruption processing of an image control command will be described. FIG. 36 is a flowchart showing the transmission interrupt process of the image control command. This image control command transmission interruption process occurs at predetermined intervals (500 μs).

  In this image control command transmission interrupt process, first, the image control command buffer of the sub-main information storage means 260 is checked (S931). Subsequently, a read pointer is acquired in the image control command buffer (S932). Next, it is determined whether an image control command is stored in the image control command buffer (S933). Whether or not the image control command is stored can be confirmed by, for example, the read pointer and the write pointer. If the read pointer and the write pointer match, the image control command is not stored. When the image control command is stored (S933: YES), the image control command is read from the area indicated by the read pointer (S934). The read image control command is set in the output buffer of the serial communication circuit 205 designated as the output destination (S935). As a result, the image control command is serially transmitted from the serial port to the image control board 300. Next, the command data (the command data transmitted in S935) is cleared (S936). Subsequently, the read pointer is incremented by 1 and updated (S937). Then, the transmission interruption process of the image command is ended, and the process returns to the original process before the interruption.

[Action]
Next, in order to facilitate understanding of the present embodiment, the characteristic operation of the pachinko gaming machine PM will be described.

  First, with reference to FIG. 37, the flow of effects in the case where the on-hold consecutive villa effect and the special continuous effect are executed will be described. FIG. 37 is a schematic diagram showing effect screens of the reserved villa resort effect and the special continuous effect.

  First, as shown in FIG. 37 (A), in the round effect (final round) in the previous special game, “16 rounds” as the final round number and the number of winning prize balls “1988” in the previous special game are obtained. It is displayed. And in this last round, the image of “Mystery Book” is displayed as the on-hold extended resort production B, and the specific reserved is included in the subsequent operation holding ball, that is, the possibility of the on-hold extended resort Is suggested.

Subsequently, as shown in FIG. 37 (B), in the end demonstration effect in the previous special game, the special continuous effect is started with the occurrence of the on-hold consecutive resort effect B in the final round described above. In the illustrated example, an ally character and an enemy character appear as special end demonstration effects. In addition, in this special end demonstration production, unlike the normal case, instead of displaying the character information of “Big jackpot end”, the character information of “Continue” is displayed, so that the special game continues. Can show. Internally, when the special game is ended, the symbol variation game is resumed in a state in which the special symbol probability change state and time reduction state and the electric chew support state are set.

  Next, as shown in FIG. 37 (C), in the first symbol variation after the end of the previous special game, the lottery result is lost, and a super shortening variation (2 seconds) is set as the special symbol variation effect. In a very short time, the decorative symbol is stopped and displayed in the off mode “1-2-5”. In the example shown in the figure, in this special variation effect, a battle effect in which the same teammate character and the enemy character as in FIG. This is to display the same character as that displayed in the previous special game so as not to give the player the impression that the special game (the previous special game) has ended. During the special symbol variation effect, the decorative symbol that is displayed in a variable manner or stopped is displayed in a reduced state toward the end of the screen. As a result, the player can be shown as if the previous special game is continuing without ending. When the special symbol variation effect is not being performed, that is, during the normal symbol variation effect, the decorative symbol is displayed at substantially the center of the screen without being reduced. In addition, during the limited period (during the special variation effect), since a background image of a special background (“starry sky”) different from the normal is displayed, it is possible to increase the player's expectation for future development. In addition, it is good also as a state which cannot recognize a symbol fluctuation | variation by making the whole screen a specific display color, or cannot recognize it.

  Subsequently, as shown in FIG. 37 (D), in the second symbol variation after the end of the previous special game, the lottery result is a big hit (16R big hit), and a super shortened variation (2 seconds) is set as a special variation effect. Therefore, the decoration symbol is stopped and displayed in the big hit mode “7-7-7” within a very short time. In the example shown in the figure, in this special variation effect, an effect in which the teammate character wins the enemy character is executed. In this way, in the special variation production in the special continuous production, the time until the transition to the subsequent special game is compressed by rapidly digesting the subsequent operation holding balls in a very short time, and the pattern is given to the player. It is configured so that it is possible to seamlessly connect to a later special game without recognizing as much as possible that the variation effect has been executed.

  Next, as shown in FIG. 37 (E), the special continuous production continues in the start demonstration production in the later special game. In the example shown in the drawing, as the special start demonstration effect, an effect in which the friend character tells the enemy character “the strongest of mystery” is executed. In this start demonstration effect, unlike the usual case, the text information of “start of big hit” is not displayed.

  Then, as shown in FIG. 37 (F), a pseudo-count effect is started in a round effect (starting round) in a later special game. In this pseudo-count effect, “17 rounds”, which is the cumulative number of rounds from the previous special game, and the cumulative prize from the previous special game are displayed in order to make it appear as if it is continuing as an extension of the previous special game. The number of balls “1988” is notified. Further, the same ally character and enemy character as in FIG. 37B are continuously displayed.

  As a result, the previous special game and the later special game based on the reserved game can be shown as a series of effects with the symbol variation effect interposed therebetween. Further, since the number of prize balls acquired by two special games is displayed, it is possible to give the player a sense of satisfaction that a large number of prize balls have been obtained. As a result, a new special gaming state exceeding the number of rounds and the number of prize balls restricted by the rules can be created in a pseudo manner.

  Next, with reference to FIG. 38, the relationship between the on-hold consecutive resort production and the special continuous production will be described. FIG. 38 is a time chart showing the relationship between the on-hold consecutive resort production and the special continuous production.

When the preceding operation hold ball is digested and the winning determination is won (t11), the process shifts to the hold-in-ream zone effect A determination process, and the pre-reading determination is executed for the subsequent operation hold ball. If there is a specific hold in the subsequent operation hold ball (in the example shown, the third is a specific hold), whether or not to execute the hold-in-village production A is determined by lottery. On-hold consecutive villa production A occurs (t12).

  Subsequently, when the symbol variation is stopped and the jackpot symbol is confirmed and displayed, the special game (the previous special game) is started. At the start of this special game, the process shifts to the on-hold consecutive resort production B determination process. B does not occur (t13). The reason for this is that if the on-hold extended villa production B is generated again during the special game, the number of on-hold extended villa times (the number of specific holdings in the subsequent operation holding ball) is one. Regardless, there is a possibility that the player may misunderstand that there are multiple times, and in this example, because it is the on-hold renso production B that is not a final notification effect, the player is worried about whether the on-hold renso really occurs. This is because there is a risk of memorizing it.

  Next, the special continuous production is started at the end demonstration production in the previous special game (t14). This special continuous effect is continued from the end demonstration effect in the current special game (previous special game) to the round effect in the next special game (later special game) (t14 to t18). When the previous special game ends, the symbol variation effect is resumed (t15). In this example, a limited period for staying in the special effect mode Mγ is set with four symbol variations as a limit, and the special symbol variation effect is executed within this limited period.

  Then, after the end of the previous special game, when the third action holding ball (the specific hold notified in the hold-in consecutive resort at t12) is digested and the winning decision is won (t16), The process shifts to the Renso production A determination process. At this time, a new specific hold exists in the subsequent operation hold ball (the second hold is the specific hold in the illustrated example), but since the special continuous effect is already being executed, During the symbol variation effect, the on-hold consecutive resort effect A does not occur (t16). The reason for this is that, even when trying to show two special game states as one special game state with the occurrence of a special continuous production, a reserved in-village production A as a design variation production occurs during the execution of this special continuous production. This is because there is a risk of losing the meaning of concealing the fact that the symbol variation effect is being performed. In addition, when the special continuous production is started in response to the occurrence of the on-hold consecutive resort production A, the variation time when the subsequent operation holding ball is digested during this special continuous production (within a limited period) is extremely short. Since it is set to (2 seconds), the production effect is low even if the on-hold consecutive resort production A is generated within this short time, and both productions are produced by the competition between the on-hold consecutive resort production and the special continuous production. This is because the effect may be diluted.

  Next, when the symbol variation stops and the big hit symbol is confirmed and displayed, the later special game is started. In addition, at the start of a later special game, the process shifts to the on-hold consecutive resort effect B determination process, and the pre-reading determination is performed on the subsequent operation holding ball. At this time, even if the special continuous effect is being executed, if there is a specific hold in the subsequent operation hold ball (in the example shown, the second is a specific hold), whether or not the on-hold extended zone effect B can be executed is determined by lottery. If this is won and the winning game is won, the on-hold consecutive resort production B may occur during the special game (t17). The reason is that even if it is during the special hit effect, even if it occurs during the big hit effect, the player feels that the normal on-hold range resort effect B has occurred, and the player cannot feel uncomfortable. In addition, since the special continuous production is connected to a series of productions from at least the end demonstration production during the previous jackpot production to the start demonstration production during the subsequent big hit production, This is because there is no inconvenience that the on-hold consecutive villa production and the special continuous production compete with each other as long as the on-hold consecutive villa production is generated at the timing after the round presentation in the special game.

As described above, according to the present embodiment, the first on-hold extended resort production A that occurs during symbol variation and the second on-hold extended resort production B that occurs during special games are provided, In the consecutive play production A, the possibility that there is one specific hold in the subsequent operation hold ball is notified, whereas in the second hold internal play production B, there is only one specific hold in the subsequent operation hold ball. By constructing it so that it can also be notified that there are more than one, the expectation for the occurrence of the on-hold-reed villa performance will be maintained through a series of game processes from when the symbol starts to change until the special game ends. In addition, it is possible to teach the player various information related to the reserved resort in the game according to the generation timing of the reserved game in the game process. Because variations are given to the aspect It may extend the width of the hold in extended game effect, as a result, it is possible to improve the interest of the game.

  In addition, in the present embodiment, by executing a special symbol variation effect during a limited period after the end of the special game, the next jackpot (the specific reservation notified in the reserved game in the reservation) at an early stage after the end of the special game. It is possible to increase the expectation for the occurrence of big hits), and as a result, it is possible to improve the fun of the game. In addition, by configuring the special symbol variation effect with short-time shortening variation, the time interval between the previous special game and the subsequent special game can be suppressed, and the extension to the next big hit can be prevented. By prohibiting the production of the reserved renzo within the limited period, it is possible to prevent the effect of the presentation from diluting due to the competition between the special dramas within the limited period and the reserved villa production within the limited period. it can.

  Further, in this embodiment, even if there is a specific hold that becomes a big hit, the on-hold extended resort production is not necessarily executed, so even if not notified, the possibility of the on-hold extended resort is expected A feeling can be given. It should be noted that when there is a specific hold, the arrangement may be made such that the on-hold extended resort effect is always executed.

  By the way, in this embodiment, the preceding operation reservation ball becomes a big hit, and the reservation-in-ream zone effect B does not occur during the special game. If the high expectation effect (Super Reach B) is generated during the symbol change due to the digestion of the action holding ball (existing at the time of occurrence of B), there is a possibility that it will deviate from the possibility of a big hit. Is set higher.

  As shown in FIG. 5, in the game of the second special symbol, in the probability variation state of the special symbol, the probability of winning a jackpot is about 1/40, and the probability of being out of play is about 39/40.

  Further, as shown in FIG. 7, in the probability variation state of the special symbol, when the result of the determination is a big hit, regardless of the type of big hit, whether it is a 16R specific big hit or an 8R specific big hit, 100% The variation pattern PX7, PY7 of super reach B (high expectation degree production) is selected with probability. That is, in the probability variation state of the special symbol, only the variation pattern PX7 of the super reach B is selected when the 16R specific big hit, and only the variation pattern PY7 of the super reach B is selected when the big hit is 8R. On the other hand, in the probability variation state of the special symbol, if the result of the determination is wrong, the variation pattern PH7 of super reach B (high expectation degree effect) is selected with a probability of 5%.

  At this time, as described in S856 of FIG. 32, in this example, when there is a specific hold (16R big hit, 8R big hit) in the subsequent operation hold ball, the winning probability of whether or not the hold-in-village effect B is executable Is set to 80%, so even if there is a specific hold (16R big hit, 8R big hit), the on-hold extended zone effect B is not executed with the remaining 20% probability.

  Under the conditions as described above, the probability X that is a big hit due to the appearance of Super Reach B and the probability Y that is lost due to the appearance of Super Reach B under the situation where the on-hold consecutive villa production B is not executed is as follows. It becomes as follows.

X = (Probability of winning a big hit) × (Probability that the rendezvous renso production B will not occur) × (Probability of becoming Super Reach B)
Y = (probability of falling) × (probability of becoming super reach B)

  Subsequently, using the above numerical values, the probability X of being a big hit by the appearance of super reach B and the probability Y of being lost by the appearance of super reach B are specifically calculated as follows.

X = 1/40 * (100-80) / 100 * 100/100 = 20/400
Y = 39/40 × 5/100 = 195/400
It becomes.

  Therefore, if a high expectation effect is generated in the subsequent operation holding ball without generating the hold-in-rendition play effect B during the special game (when developed to Super Reach B), it can be a big hit. There is a higher possibility of detachment than sex.

  In the above-described first embodiment, basically, the pre-reading determination related to the on-hold extended villa effect is executed for the operation holding ball of the second special symbol acquired during the operation of the electric chew support function. However, this is merely an example. For example, the operation holding ball of the first special symbol (or the operation holding ball of the second special symbol) acquired when the electric chew support function is not operated is used as a target in the holding sequence. A pre-reading determination related to the villa production may be executed.

  Further, in the first embodiment described above, the determination timing of the on-hold consecutive resort effect B is set to the timing at the time of the big hit start (when the start demo command is received), but this is only an example, for example, The timing may be set at any time at the start of the big hit, at the round game, or at the end of the big hit.

  In the above-described embodiment, the first special winning a prize game 64 is associated with the first special symbol game, and the second special winning award 65 is associated with the second special game. However, the present invention is not limited thereto. Instead, the first special winning opening 64 and the second large winning opening 65 are made to correspond to at least one of the first special symbol game and the second special symbol game, and these large winning ports 64 and 65 are alternately arranged. It may be opened. Moreover, the structure which provides only one big prize opening, without providing the two big prize openings 64 and 65 may be sufficient.

  Further, in the above-described embodiment, so-called preferential digestion is adopted, in which the operation reservation ball of the second special symbol is preferentially digested over the operation reservation ball of the first special symbol, but is not limited thereto. Instead, the operation holding balls may be digested according to the order in which the game balls enter the first start port 61 or the second start port 62. In addition, when employ | adopting this structure, it is preferable to make both the operation reservation ball | bowl of a 1st special symbol and the operation | movement reservation ball | bowl of a 2nd special symbol into the object of notification in an on-hold extended resort.

[First Embodiment-First Modification]
Next, a gaming machine according to a first modification of the first embodiment will be described. The gaming machine according to the first modification basically has the same configuration as the gaming machine of the first embodiment described above, and hereinafter, the same reference numerals are assigned to the parts having the same configuration. Thus, the description is omitted, and different parts are mainly described.

(Relationship between rendezvous renso production and ascension production)
In this modification, a rare special effect (so-called ascending effect) occurs when a so-called consecutive resort continues for a specified number of times. “Renso” means that when a predetermined big hit is made during a specific game, the specific game state continues again as the game state after the end of the special game. As described above, the “special game state” is a state in which the probability of transition to a special game is higher than the normal state, the special symbol probability variation function, special symbol variation time shortening function, electric chew support function Is a state in which at least one of the functions is activated. In this example, it is a condition that at least the electric chew support function (the easy entry state) is activated as the specific gaming state. Here, in this embodiment, during the ST period after the end of the special game, the probability variation function, the variation time shortening function, and the electric chew support function operate (the operation starts simultaneously and the operation ends simultaneously). Since it is configured, it can be said that it is always in a specific gaming state during the ST period.

  As an execution condition of the special effect, it is determined that the villa is continuous for a specified number of times (20 times in this example). In addition to the specified number of times, for example, the cumulative number of specific jackpots in the villa state is predetermined. When the number of times reached, the total number of rounds won or the total number of prize balls won in the consecutive house state reaches a predetermined number, and a specific effect (designated effect during symbol changes or special games) is generated during the consecutive house state Etc. may be added to the execution conditions. The total number of rounds earned in the villa state and the total number of winning balls may be added to the execution conditions. In this example, the number of consecutive resorts that repeatedly acquire a special game while continuing the specific game state (easy to enter the game) reaches the specified number (20 times), and at least the final Nth time, the high profit jackpot (16R It is a condition that it wins with big hit). The special effect is displayed across the decorative symbol variation effect and the jackpot effect on the time axis. However, the special effect ends with the round effect (final round) during the jackpot effect, and does not include the subsequent end demonstration effect. As the contents of this special effect, for example, by displaying the rare characters with high rarity that appear only in the special effect one by one in turn, it is possible to give the player a sense of satisfaction with consecutive hits. A premium feeling can be raised.

  Next, the relationship between the on-hold consecutive villa effect and the special effect will be described with reference to FIGS. 39 and 40. FIG. 39 and FIG. 40 are time charts showing the relationship between the on-hold consecutive resort production and the special production. In the following, the number of consecutive resorts is also expressed as “N”, and the specified number of times is also expressed as “Nset”.

(2-1) In the event that a reserved renso production is generated due to the symbol change or special game related to the previous big hit, the big hit (later big hit) by the reserved big villa is the number of consecutive villas as the condition for generating the special effect. Will not be counted and will not be a requirement for special effects. That is, as shown in FIG. 39, when the preceding operation holding ball is digested and the winning determination is won (t21), if it is at the time of digestion, the process shifts to the holding-in-village production A determination process, If it is the time of a start, it will transfer to a pending | holding consecutive resort production B determination process. In the on-hold extended-zone play effects A and B determination processing, if there is a specific hold (the third is specified hold in the illustrated example) in the subsequent operation hold ball, whether or not the on-hold extended game effects A and B can be executed is determined. If it is determined by lottery and wins this, if the symbol is changing, the on-hold extended resort production A is generated (t22), and if it is during a special game, the on-hold extended resort production B is generated (t23). Here, if the big hit this time is the number of consecutive villas N = Nset−1, the reserved renzo production A (t2
2) When the presence of a specific reservation that becomes the big hit of the Nth consecutive resort number N is notified in the on-hold consecutive resort production B (t23), the symbol variation accompanied by the consecutive jackpot number N = Nset number of big hits (t25) ) And the special game round effect (t26), no special effect is generated. The reason for this is that in this embodiment, two special gaming states (in this example, the special gaming state of the Nset-1th time and the Nsetth time) are triggered by the occurrence of the on-hold consecutive resort effects A and B. Since a special continuous production to show as one special game state is generated (t24 to t26), the Nset big hit is not included in the number of consecutive resorts as the execution condition of the special production. The reason for avoiding the execution is that the satisfaction of the player due to the pseudo extension of the special game is not lost, and the competition between the special effect and the special continuous effect is avoided, and the overall effect can be balanced. Internally, the number of consecutive resorts is updated as one consecutive resort even if it is a big hit by the reserved resorts.

(2-2) When special effects occur across symbol variations and special games, regardless of whether or not there is a specific hold in the subsequent operation hold ball when the symbol variation starts. In the fluctuating effect, the on-hold consecutive villa effect A does not occur. That is, as shown in FIG. 40, as a result of the previous action holding ball being digested and winning / decision determination winning a high profit jackpot (t31), the number of consecutive homes N = the specified number of times Nset, and the symbol variation and special game A special effect occurs over the t (t31 to t3
3) In the case where the design variation is performed, regardless of whether or not there is a specific hold in the subsequent operation hold ball (in the illustrated example, there is a specific hold on the third), Not generated (t32). The reason for this is to avoid the fact that the production effects of the two are diluted with each other due to the competition between the special production during the symbol variation and the on-hold Renren production A.

(2-3) When a special effect occurs across the symbol variation and the special game, regardless of whether or not there is a specific hold in the subsequent operation holding ball when the symbol variation starts. In the variation production, the on-hold consecutive villa production B may occur. That is, as shown in FIG. 40, as a result of the previous action holding ball being digested and winning / decision determination winning a high profit jackpot (t31), the number of consecutive homes N = the specified number of times Nset, and the symbol variation and special game A special performance occurs across the t (t32 to t3
3) In the case of the special game, regardless of whether or not there is a specific hold in the subsequent operation hold ball (in the example shown, there is a specific hold in the third example) Can be generated (t34). This is because, as described above, the special effect is executed from the symbol variation effect to the special game round effect, and therefore the on-hold Renso effect B is generated in the end demonstration effect after the round effect (t34). This is because a situation in which the special effect and the on-hold consecutive villa effect B compete during the special game is avoided. In addition, in the case where the on-hold consecutive resort effect B is not generated during the special game, even if there is a specific hold within a limited period after the end of the special game, the symbol change effect related to the specific hold is designated as the special symbol change effect. Rather than generating, normally shortened jackpot variation effect (completed only with the symbol variation effect related to the specific hold, not the special symbol variation effect related to the symbol variation effect related to the off-holding scheduled to be digested first) It may be generated as an instant hit effect).

  Subsequently, the procedure of the operation process in the first modification of the first embodiment will be described with reference to the flowcharts of FIGS.

(Special effect determination process: first modification)
First, the special effect determination process (S736) according to the subroutine of S736 of FIG. 29 in the first modification will be described. FIG. 41 is a flowchart showing details of the special effect determination process (S736).

First, it is determined whether or not the number of consecutive resorts N is one less than the prescribed number Nset with reference to the consecutive resort number counter of the sub-main information storage means 260 (S751). Number of consecutive resorts N
= If the specified number of times Nset-1 (S751: YES), that is, if the lottery result of the special symbol to be changed this time is a big hit, the number of consecutive resorts N is scheduled to reach the specified number of times Nset The information stored in the variation effect content determination area of the sub-main information storage unit 260 in S732 is analyzed (the result of the lottery determination and the big hit type), and the lottery result of the special symbol to be changed this time is 16R big hit. It is determined whether or not there is (S752). If the lottery result is 16R big hit (S752: YES), that is, if the number of consecutive resorts N reaches the specified number Nset and the bonus hit at this consecutive resort number N is scheduled to become a high profit jackpot, the sub main information It is determined whether or not the special continuous effect flag in the storage means 260 is on (S753).

If the special continuous effect flag is not on (S753: NO), that is, if the special continuous effect is not being executed, the sub-main information storage means 260 stores the number of the special effect effect pattern to execute the special effect. Is temporarily stored in the special effect pattern storage area (S754). Then, the special effect flag in the sub main information storage means 260 is turned on (S755). Here, the special effect flag is a flag that is turned on when the special effect is executed. Although not shown, the special effect flag is turned off when the round effect ends.

  On the other hand, if the special continuous effect flag is ON (S753), that is, if the special continuous effect is already being executed, S754 and S755 are skipped to avoid the conflict between the special effect and the special continuous effect. Then, this process ends.

(On-hold consecutive villa production A determination processing: first modification)
Next, the on-hold consecutive resort production A determination process (S737) according to the subroutine of S737 in FIG. 29 in the first modification will be described. FIG. 42 is a flowchart showing details of the on-hold consecutive resort effect A determination process (S737) in the first modified example.

  Here, the difference from the first embodiment described above is that the process of S760 has been added, and if the special effect is already being executed, the execution of the in-hold extended resort effect A is avoided. . In FIG. 42, the processes in S761 to S770 are the same as those in the first embodiment, and therefore, the process in S760, which is a difference, will be mainly described.

  First, it is determined whether or not the special effect flag in the sub-main information storage unit 260 is on (S760). If the special effect flag is not on (S760: NO), that is, if the special effect is not being executed, the process proceeds to the next S761 to continue the determination of whether or not the on-hold extended resort effect A can be executed. On the other hand, if the special effect flag is on (S760: YES), that is, if the special effect is already being executed, the processing after S761 is skipped in order to avoid the execution of the in-hold extended resort effect A. Then, this process ends.

(On-hold consecutive villa production B determination processing: first modification)
Next, the on-hold consecutive resort production B determination process (S805) according to the subroutine of S805 in FIG. 31 in the first modification will be described. FIG. 43 is a flowchart showing details of the on-hold consecutive resort effect B determination process (S805) in the first modified example.

  Here, the difference from the first embodiment described above is the processing of S859, S862, and S863, and depending on whether the special effect is being executed or not, The effect pattern selection process is different. In FIG. 43, the processes of S851 to S858 and S868 to S870 are the same as those of the first embodiment, and therefore the processes of S859, S862, and S863, which are different points, will be mainly described.

  First, when execution of the on-hold consecutive resort production B is determined, it is determined whether or not the special production flag of the sub-main information storage unit 260 is on (S859). If the special effect flag is not on (S859: NO), that is, if the special effect is not being executed, the extended game effect pattern selection process 1 for determining the contents of the reserved extended resort effect B is executed ( S862). In the consecutive resort production pattern selection process 1, the consecutive resort production pattern table shown in FIG. 8B is obtained, and the consecutive resort production pattern random number value is obtained from the production lottery random number generating means 210, so that a plurality of types are obtained. One of the consecutive-village production patterns is determined by lottery.

On the other hand, if the special effect flag is on (S859: YES), that is, if the special effect is being executed, the consecutive resort effect pattern selection process 2 for determining the content of the on-hold consecutive resort effect B is performed. It executes (S863). In this consecutive resort production pattern selection process 2, while acquiring a consecutive resort production pattern table (not shown) different from the above-described FIG. 8B, a consecutive resort production pattern random number value is obtained from the production lottery random number generating means 210. Then, one of the multiple villa production patterns is determined by lottery from among the multiple types of villa production patterns. In the unillustrated consecutive-village effect pattern table, only the consecutive-village effect pattern generated in the end demonstration effect is specified, and the extended-game effect pattern generated in the start demonstration effect or the round effect is not specified. In other words, in the villa production pattern selection process 2, only the villa production pattern for the end demonstration production is selected. This is because, as described above, the special effect is executed from the variable effect to the round effect. This is because it is possible to avoid a conflict between the production and the on-hold Renso production B.

As described above, according to the first modified example of the first embodiment, when the on-hold consecutive villa production occurs and then a big hit is made on the on-hold consecutive villa, internally, the number of consecutive villas N reaches the specified number of times Nset. Even if it is, the production that prohibits the generation of the special production and continues in conjunction with the production of the on-hold consecutive villa production (in this example, the special continuous production or the special background production within the limited period) ) And the special performance can be avoided, it is possible to prevent the effect of the on-hold renso production from becoming dilute, and as a result, it is possible to improve the fun of the game.

In the above-described first modification, the expectation for the special effect is achieved in the number of unreachable times (for example, 5, 10, 15 times) before the number N of consecutive resorts reaches the specified number Nset (= 20 times). For example, a special via effect composed of a part of the special effect may be provided. At this time, in the above-described first modified example, when the special performance is executed when the number of extended games reaches the specified number (20 times), basically the execution of the on-hold extended game production is limited (terminated). However, in the case of a special route effect, it may be configured so that the on-hold consecutive villa effect can be executed simultaneously even when the special route effect is being executed. .

[First Embodiment-Second Modification]
Next, a gaming machine according to a second modification of the first embodiment will be described. The gaming machine according to the second modification basically has the same configuration as the gaming machine of the first embodiment described above, and hereinafter, the same reference numerals are given to the parts having the same configuration. Thus, the description is omitted, and different parts are mainly described.

(Relationship between rendezvous renso production and production mode)
In the first embodiment described above, the presentation mode on the presentation control board 200 side is uniquely determined according to the variation pattern selection state on the main control board 100 side. The production mode can be selected when the production button 15 is operated.

  That is, in this modification, when a big hit (initial hit) occurs in a normal state, during the big hit production (during the end demonstration production), the type of the symbol variation production and the big hit production after the special game ends is specified. The player himself / herself can select the production mode from a plurality of types. In this example, as the probability variation effect mode Mβ during the ST period, two effect modes (first effect mode M1 and second effect mode M2) having different effect types are prepared, and a plurality of types are provided for each effect mode. A variation production pattern is stored. With regard to this variation effect pattern, even if the variation pattern of the special symbol is the same (even when the variation start command of the same information is received), if the effect mode is different, the variation effect pattern having different effect contents is selected. It will be.

  The first effect mode M1 and the second effect mode M2 are configured as battle effect modes in which the player-side ally character battles against the enemy character, and the player-side ally character and the opponent's enemy for each effect mode. Characters are set to be different from each other.

While staying in the first effect mode M1, a change effect pattern of effect contents in which the teammate character C1 corresponding to the effect mode M1 battles against an enemy character on the stage is selected as the symbol change effect. Further, while staying in the first effect mode M1, the first effect mode M1 is selected by selecting a jackpot effect pattern of the effect contents (attack type) that attacks the enemy character with the ally character C1 as the main character as the jackpot effect. The reciprocal relationship between the symbol variation production and the jackpot production is secured.

  While staying in the second effect mode M2, as the symbol variation effect, a variation effect pattern of effect contents in which the teammate character C2 corresponding to the effect mode M2 battles against the enemy character and the enemy's hide is selected. In addition, while staying in the second effect mode M2, as the big hit effect, the big hit effect pattern of the effect content (defense system) that protects the attack from the enemy character with the ally character C2 as the main character is selected. The mutual relationship between the symbol variation effect and the jackpot effect in the effect mode M2 is ensured.

  When the first hit occurs in the normal state, the effect mode is selected by displaying a predetermined mode selection screen during the end demonstration effect in the jackpot effect. During the display of the mode selection screen, an operation valid period for validating the operation of the effect button 15 is set. On the mode selection screen, the display area of the effect display device 70 is divided into left and right parts, the name of the teammate character C1 is displayed with the related image in the left area, and the name of the teammate character C2 is displayed with the related image in the right area. The Then, effect modes M1 and M2 corresponding to the teammate characters C1 and C2 selected by the effect button 15 during the operation effective period are set. If no operation is performed during the operation valid period, any production mode is set by internal lottery.

  Subsequently, the relationship between the on-hold consecutive resort production and the production mode in the second modification will be described.

  (3-1) The execution probability (occurrence frequency) of the on-hold consecutive villa effect A is different between when staying in the first effect mode M1 and when staying in the second effect mode M2. Is set. In this example, when staying in the first effect mode M1, for example, execution is performed at a rate of 90% (high probability), non-execution is determined at a rate of 10%, while staying in the second effect mode M2 If it is, execution is determined at a rate of 10% (low probability) and non-execution is determined at a rate of 90%. In addition, as long as the execution probability of the on-hold consecutive villa production A differs for each production mode, when staying in any of the production modes, the on-hold consecutive villa production A is not executed. The execution probability of the villa production A may be set to 0%.

  (3-2) The execution probability (occurrence frequency) of the on-hold consecutive villa effect B is set to be the same when staying in the first effect mode M1 and when staying in the second effect mode M2. Yes. In this example, even when staying in any of the production modes M1 and M2, execution is determined at a rate of 80% and non-execution is determined at a rate of 20%, for example. However, the present invention is not limited to this, and the execution probability of the on-hold consecutive villa effect B may be made different for each effect mode as in the on-hold consecutive villa effect A.

  (3-3) When execution of the on-hold consecutive villa production A is determined, the content of the on-hold consecutive villa production A (continuous villa production pattern) is the second when the first production mode M1 is staying. The same setting is made when the user is staying in the production mode M2. Here, FIG. 44 (A) is a schematic diagram showing a villa production pattern table of the reserved villa production A in the present modification. In this example, in the in-hold extended villa production A, any one of the same extended villa production patterns PA1 and PA2 is selected regardless of the production mode. Since the production patterns PA1 and PA2 have been described in the first embodiment, the description thereof is omitted here.

(3-4) When execution of the on-hold consecutive villa production B is determined, the production contents (the consecutive villa production pattern) of the on-hold consecutive villa production B are the second and second cases where the first production mode M1 is staying. It is set to be different from the case where the user is staying in the production mode M2. Here, FIG. 44 (B) is a schematic diagram showing a extended villa production pattern table of the on-hold extended villa production B in the present modification. In this example, in the on-hold consecutive villa production B, one of the consecutive villa production patterns PB11, PB12, and PB13 is selected in the first production mode, and in the second production mode, the villa production patterns PB21, PB22. , PB23 is selected. In the first effect mode M1, when the consecutive-village effect patterns PB11 to PB13 are selected, special effect images “BX11” to “BX13” that do not appear in any scene other than the on-hold extended-village effect. Is displayed. As the effect images BX11 to BX13, for example, an attack-type effect content in which an image imitating an “invincible sword” or character information such as “attack is the greatest defense” appears. On the other hand, in the second effect mode M2, when the consecutive-village effect patterns PB21 to PB23 are selected, a special effect image “BX21” that does not appear in any scene other than the on-hold consecutive-village effect. “BX23” is displayed. As the effect images BX21 to BX23, for example, an image imitating “invincible armor” or a defense-related effect content in which character information such as “complete defense” appears.

  Next, the procedure of the operation process in the second modification of the first embodiment will be described with reference to the flowcharts of FIGS.

(Big hit effect content determination processing: second modification)
Next, the big hit effect content determination process (S638) according to the subroutine of S638 in FIG. 27 in the second modification will be described. FIG. 45 is a flowchart showing details of the big hit effect content determination processing (S638) in the second modification.

  Here, the difference from the first embodiment described above is the processing of S829 to S831, in that the operation of the effect button 15 is set to be effective during the end demonstration effect at the first hit. In FIG. 45, the processes of S801 to S826 and S835 to S838 are the same as those of the first embodiment, and therefore, the processes of S829 to S831 which are different points will be mainly described.

  First, it is determined whether or not the current big hit is the first hit (S829). In the case of the first hit (S829: YES), an operation effective period for measuring the operation effective period of the effect button 15 so that the effect mode can be selected according to the operation of the effect button 15 by the player. A predetermined value is set in the timer (S830). The operation valid period is a period during which the operation input of the effect button 15 is valid. Subsequently, the effect button valid flag of the sub-main information storage means 260 is turned on (S831). The effect button valid flag is a flag that is turned on when the operation of the effect button 15 is valid.

(Production button monitoring control process: second modification)
Next, the effect button monitoring control process (S617) according to the subroutine of S617 in FIG. 26 in the second modification will be described. FIG. 46 is a flowchart showing details of the effect button monitoring control process (S617).

First, it is determined whether or not the effect button valid flag of the sub-main information storage means 260 is on (S951). If the effect button valid flag is on (S951: YES), it is determined whether or not the operation button 15 is in an operation valid period, that is, whether or not the operation valid period timer is not "0" (S952). ). As described above, the operation valid period timer is set to a predetermined value at the start of the end demonstration effect at the first hit, and is subtracted by 1 ms each time a timer interrupt process described later occurs. Further, during the operation effective period, an effect screen (mode selection screen) based on the end demonstration effect pattern set in S804 is displayed, and based on the operation input of the effect button 15, the first effect mode M1 and the second effect mode. Any one of M2 can be selected. Specifically, although not shown in the drawing, on the mode selection screen, two selected images corresponding to each effect mode are displayed on the left and right or top and bottom, and the display mode of the selected image is displayed at regular intervals during the operation effective period. By sequentially switching, one of these two selected images can be selected according to the operation timing of the effect button 15, and an effect mode corresponding to this selected image is set.

  Here, when the operation button 15 is in the operation effective period (S952: YES), it is determined whether or not there is an operation input of the effect button 15 (S953). When there is an operation input of the effect button 15 (S953: YES), the operation input information of the effect button 15 is stored in the sub-main information storage unit 260 (S954). In this example, the operation input information includes information indicating that the first effect mode has been selected and information indicating that the second effect mode has been selected. Subsequently, an image control command for instructing the operation input information of the effect button 15 to the image control board 300 is generated and stored in the command storage area of the sub-main information storage unit 260 (S955). Further, when there is an operation input of the effect button 15 as described above, an operation valid flag is set in order to confirm the operation input and set the end of the operation valid period even before the operation valid period has elapsed. It is turned off (S956). On the other hand, when the operation valid period is not in effect (S952: NO), that is, when the operation valid period timer is “0”, the effect button valid flag is turned off (S956).

(Production state transition processing: second modification)
Next, an effect state transition process (S632) according to the subroutine of S632 in FIG. 27 in the second modification will be described. FIG. 47 is a flowchart showing details of the rendering state transition process (S632) in the second modified example.

  Here, the difference from the first embodiment described above is the process of S714 to S720, based on the operation input information of the effect button 15 set in the effect button monitoring control process (S617) described above (the effect by the player). The point is that the production mode is determined alternatively by the pressing operation of the button 15). In FIG. 47, the processing of S701 to S705 and S721 is the same as that of the first embodiment, and therefore, the description will be focused on the processing of S714 to S720 which is a difference.

  First, when the transition destination of the variation pattern selection state is the high probability reduced variation state β (S706: YES), it is determined whether or not the current big hit is the first hit (S714). If it is the first hit (S714: YES), it is determined whether or not the operation input information set in S954 is information indicating that the first effect mode M1 has been selected (S715). When the first effect mode M1 is selected (S715: YES), the first effect mode M1 is set as the transition destination of the effect mode (S716). When the first effect mode M1 is entered, the first probability background data is set in the background data storage area of the sub-main information storage means 260 (S717). Then, in the first effect mode M1, for example, a first probability background image of “the arena” is displayed on the effect display device 70 from the next symbol variation.

  On the other hand, when the operation input information set in S954 is information indicating that the second effect mode M2 has been selected and operated (S715: NO), the second effect mode M2 is set as the transition destination of the effect mode ( S718). When the second effect mode M2 is entered, the second probability background data is set in the background data storage area of the sub-main information storage means 260 (S719). Then, in the second effect mode M2, for example, a second probability change background image of “enemy hideout” is displayed on the effect display device 70 from the next symbol variation.

If the current big hit is not the first hit (S714: NO), the effect mode and the background image selected at the first hit are maintained (S720). In addition, you may comprise so that not only the operation input at the time of the first hit in said S714-S719 but a certain condition may be met and a production | presentation mode may be switched. As specific conditions, for example, when a specific jackpot (including a case where the jackpot type is a specific type or a case where the jackpot effect is a specific effect), or when a predetermined condition is satisfied with respect to the extended resort state (The occurrence of the special effect described above) or a case where there is a specific operation input during a big hit (for example, a special operation input with five times or a long press as a special operation input at a specific timing at the time of a big hit).

(On-hold consecutive villa production A determination processing: second modification)
Subsequently, the on-hold consecutive resort production A determination process (S737) according to the subroutine of S737 in FIG. 29 in the second modification will be described. FIG. 48 is a flowchart showing details of the on-hold consecutive resort effect A determination process (S737) in the second modified example.

  Here, the difference from the first embodiment described above is the processing of S771 to S773, and the execution probability of the on-hold consecutive resort production A lottery processing is set to the production mode set in the production state transition processing (S632). The point is that they are different. In FIG. 48, the processes in S761 to S765 and S767 to S770 are the same as those in the first embodiment, and therefore, the processes in S771 to S773 that are different points will be mainly described.

  First, it is determined whether or not the presentation mode currently staying is the first presentation mode M1 (S771). In the case of the first effect mode M1 (S771: YES), the on-hold extended resort production A lottery for determining whether or not to execute the on-hold extended resort production A in the first effect mode M1. Process 1 is executed (S772). In the on-hold consecutive resort production A lottery process 1, the consecutive resort production lottery random value matches the determination value of “execution” or “non-execution” with reference to an unshown consecutive resort production A lottery table. Determine whether or not to execute. In this example, execution is determined at a rate of 90%, for example, and non-execution is determined at a rate of 10%.

  On the other hand, in the case where the effect mode during the stay is the second effect mode M2 (S771: NO), in order to determine by lottery whether or not to execute the on-hold extended resort effect A in the second effect mode M2. The on-hold consecutive resort production A lottery process 2 is executed (S773). In the on-hold consecutive resort production A lottery process 2, the random resort production lottery random value matches the determination value of “execution” or “non-execution” with reference to the unillustrated consecutive resort production A lottery table. Determine whether or not to execute. In this example, for example, execution is determined at a rate of 10% and non-execution is determined at a rate of 90%.

  As described above, in the present modification, the probability that the on-hold extended villa production A is executed when staying in the first presentation mode M1 and the second presentation mode M2, that is, the on-hold extended villa production. The frequency of occurrence of A is set to be different.

(On-hold consecutive villa production B determination processing: second modification)
Subsequently, the on-hold consecutive resort production B determination process (S805) according to the subroutine of S805 of FIG. 45 in the second modification will be described. FIG. 49 is a flowchart showing details of the on-hold consecutive resort effect B determination process (S805) in the second modified example.

  Here, the difference from the first embodiment described above is the processing of S860, S864, and S865, and the extended villa production pattern table of the on-hold extended villa production B is set in the production state transition process (S632). There is a point that is different according to the production mode. In FIG. 49, the processes of S851 to S857 and S869 to S870 are the same as those of the first embodiment, and therefore, the processes of S860, S864, and S865, which are different points, will be mainly described.

First, it is determined whether or not the presentation mode currently staying is the first presentation mode M1 (S860). When it is the 1st production mode (S860: YES), the consecutive resort production pattern selection process 1 for determining the content of the on-hold consecutive resort production B is performed (S864). In the consecutive resort production pattern selection process 1, the consecutive resort production pattern table shown in FIG. 44 (B) described above is obtained, and the consecutive resort production pattern random number value is obtained from the production lottery random number generating means 210. One of the consecutive villa production patterns is determined by lottery from among the consecutive villa production patterns PB11 to PB13. As described above, in the consecutive resort production pattern selection processing 1, only the consecutive resort production patterns PB11 to P13 having the attack type contents are selected.

  On the other hand, if the effect mode during the stay is the second effect mode M2 (S860: NO), the extended resort effect pattern selection process 2 for determining the content of the on-hold extended resort effect B is executed (S865). . In this consecutive resort production pattern selection process 2, while obtaining the consecutive resort production pattern table shown in FIG. 44 (B) described above, the consecutive resort production pattern random number value is obtained from the production lottery random number generating means 210, and a plurality of types are obtained. One of the consecutive villa production patterns is determined by lottery from among the consecutive villa production patterns PB21 to PB23. As described above, in the consecutive resort production pattern selection process 2, only the consecutive resort production patterns PB21 to 23 having the contents of the defense system are selected.

  As described above, in this modified example, when execution of the on-hold extended villa effect B is decided, the case of staying in the first effect mode M1 and the case of staying in the second effect mode M2 are performed. B's display mode (renso production pattern) is set to be different.

  As mentioned above, according to the 2nd modification of 1st Embodiment, according to the classification of the production mode which the player himself selected, by changing the appearance rate and the content of the production of the on-hold consecutive villa production, It is possible to provide the player with the on-hold consecutive villa production that suits his / her preference, and as a result, it is possible to improve the interest of the game.

  In addition, in this modification, although the special effect mode which stays only within the limited period after the end of a special game is not provided, it is not limited to this, You may provide a special effect mode. In this case, a first special effect mode corresponding to the first effect mode and a second special effect mode corresponding to the second effect mode are provided, and a desired special effect mode is obtained by the player's operation after the first hit. May be configured to be selectable. In this configuration, for example, a special continuous effect may be generated when shifting to the first special effect mode, and a special continuous effect may not be generated when shifting to the second special effect mode. Further, as a further modification, the fact that at least one of the one or a plurality of subsequent action-pending balls is in a specific hold makes it possible to execute the in-hold extended resort effect B in the special game effect display process. This is a special condition in which the special game triggers the transition from the first effect mode M1 to the second effect mode M2 even if the condition is fulfilling the condition for executing the rendezvous resort effect on hold In the case of a game (referred to as “special special game”), compared to the case where the special game is not a special special game (referred to as “non-special special game”), the occurrence frequency (execution probability) ) May be low. In that case, the jackpot type includes at least the first jackpot and the second jackpot, and when the first jackpot is won, the game shifts to the first effect mode after the end of the special game (non-special special game), In the case of winning the second jackpot, after the special game (special special game) is finished, the mode is shifted to the second effect mode. At this time, during the execution of the special special game, for example, a special jackpot effect that does not appear in any other scene is executed. Therefore, when winning the second jackpot, a special jackpot effect is generated during the special game (during special special game). The frequency of the villa production B is set relatively low.

[First Embodiment-Third Modification]
Next, a gaming machine according to a third modification of the first embodiment will be described. The gaming machine according to the third modification basically has the same configuration as the gaming machine of the first embodiment described above, and hereinafter, the same reference numerals are given to parts having the same configuration. Thus, the description is omitted, and different parts are mainly described.

(Director-in-residence production that requires multiple operations)
In the first embodiment described above, in the on-hold consecutive resort production, it is a configuration that suggests or notifies the possibility that there is a specific hold that becomes a big hit in the subsequent operation hold ball, but is not limited thereto, and is specified. You may comprise so that it may suggest or alert | report not only the presence or absence of a holding | maintenance but the fluctuation | variation effect aspect of a subsequent action | operation holding ball.

  In this modification, while suggesting or informing the fluctuating effect mode of the subsequent actuated ball in the on-hold extended game effect B, suggesting or informing the fluctuating effect mode of the subsequent actuated ball in the on-hold consecutive game effect A. Do not do. Note that the reason for not suggesting or notifying the variation production mode in the on-holding renso production A is that the on-holding renso production A occurs within the fluctuation, and therefore, a special game with a special game due to the big hit in the fluctuation is inserted. This is because the significance of suggesting or notifying the variation effect mode after the game is low.

  Now, the on-hold consecutive villa effect B in the present modification will be described. FIG. 50 is a schematic diagram showing an example of the contents of effects of the on-hold consecutive resort effect B in the present modification. In the modified example, the content of the on-hold consecutive villa production B is obtained by opening the treasure box displayed on the screen when the player operates the production button 15 a plurality of times. Correspondingly, the presence / absence of the specific hold in the subsequent operation hold ball and the variation effect mode are suggested or notified. In this way, in order to receive the presence or absence of specific hold and the suggestion or notification of the variation effect mode in the on-hold consecutive resort effect B, it is necessary to perform a plurality of button operations by the player.

  In this modified example, as shown in FIG. 50, a total of three treasure chests are arranged in a horizontal row on the screen, and one treasure chest is opened by one operation of the effect button 15, and this opened treasure chest. The number of acquired points (0 points or 1 point) appears. Then, according to the total number of points obtained when all the treasure chests are opened, the presence / absence of specific holding in the subsequent operation holding ball and the changing effect mode are suggested or notified.

  As will be described in detail later, in this modified example, when the total number of acquired points is 0, it is suggested that there is a possibility that an operation holding ball with a reach effect exists in the subsequent operation holding ball. When the total number of acquired points is 1, it is definitely notified that there is an operation holding ball with a reach effect in the subsequent operation holding ball. When the total number of points acquired is two, the fact that there is a specific hold that becomes a 16R big hit or an 8R big hit in the subsequent operation hold ball, that is, the fact that there is a hold in the hold, is definitely notified. When the total number of acquired points is 3, the fact that there is a specific hold that becomes a 16R big hit in the subsequent operation hold ball, that is, a notification of a hold in the high profit big hit, is definitely notified.

  Here, the extended game effect pattern in this modification is demonstrated, referring FIG. FIG. 51 is a schematic diagram illustrating an example of a extended-village effect pattern table for the on-hold extended-village effect B in the third modified example. A plurality of types of consecutive-village effect patterns are defined in the consecutive-village effect pattern table. In each figure, for convenience of explanation, “selection rate” is shown, but in actuality, a determination value (range of random values) for determining the villa effect pattern according to the villa effect pattern random value Is set, and based on which judgment value the random number value of the renage effect pattern belongs to, the renage effect pattern is determined.

As shown in FIG. 51, in the consecutive resort production pattern table, according to each consecutive resort production pattern, the number of points for each treasure chest that can be acquired by one button operation (the score of the first treasure chest, the second The treasure box score and the third treasure chest score) have been specified (see the column “Production contents (acquired points)” in the figure), and each consecutive villa production pattern has a total treasure chest score (0, (1 point, 2 points, 3 points). In other words, when the total score is “0”, only the extended game effect pattern PB31 is selected, and when the total acquired score is “1”, the extended game effect pattern PB32.
~ PB34 is selected and when the total score is "2", any of the Renso production patterns PB35 to PB37 is selected, and when the total score is "3", the Renso production pattern PB38 Only selected. For example, when the consecutive-village effect pattern PB35 is selected, “0 points” can be obtained by the first operation, “1 point” can be obtained by the second operation, and “1 point” can be obtained by the third operation. As a result, the total score “2 points” is determined.

  In this consecutive resort production pattern table, the selection rate of the consecutive resort production pattern is set to be different according to the result of the prefetch determination (preliminary determination). In principle, in the Renso production pattern, the selection rate is assigned according to the final total score, and when the result of the prefetch determination is a big hit, the total score is “0”, “ While the selection rate increases in the order of “1 point”, “2 points”, and “3 points”, if the result of the pre-judgment is out of place, the total score is “0 points”, “1 point” , “2 points”, “3 points”, the selection rate decreases in this order.

  Furthermore, even if the result of the pre-reading determination is out of order and the big hit, the selection rate of the villa performance pattern differs depending on the type of outage (out of reach, out of reach) and the type of big hit (8R big hit, 16R big hit). In other words, if the result of the pre-reading determination is out of reach, no more than “1” will be selected as the total number of points earned, so when the total number of points earned exceeds “1”, the subsequent operation It is deterministic that an operation holding ball with a reach effect exists in the holding ball. Even if the result of the prefetch determination is a big hit, “1 point” may be selected as the total score, but in this example, only the reach fluctuation is selected as the big hit fluctuation pattern as shown in FIG. Therefore, as described above, when the total score becomes “1 point” or more, it is definite that there is an operation holding ball with a reach effect in the subsequent operation holding ball. Does not occur.

  Similarly, when the result of the prefetch determination is a big hit, “2 points” or more may be selected as the total number of points to be acquired. On the other hand, when the result of the prefetch determination is out of reach (out of normal reach, super out of reach) Since “2 points” or more is not selected as the total number of points to be acquired, when the total number of points to be acquired is “2 points” or more, there is a specific hold in the subsequent operation hold ball, that is, It will be definitive to get on hold. Furthermore, when the result of the pre-reading determination is 16R big hit, “3 points” may be selected as the total score. On the other hand, when the result of the pre-reading determination is 8R big hit, the total score is “3 points”. Is not selected, and when the total score reaches “3 points”, there is a specific hold that is 16 big hits in the subsequent working hold ball, that is, the high profit big hit is held within the It is definitive to go to a resort.

  The contents of such a reserved in-ream villa effect B will be specifically described with reference to FIG. In this example, the case where the consecutive resort production pattern PB37 is selected is illustrated. As described above, in this consecutive-village production pattern, “0 points” can be obtained by the first operation, “1 point” can be obtained by the second operation, and “1 point” can be obtained by the third operation. Is the contents of the effect of definitely informing the occurrence of two points, that is, the occurrence of the on-hold consecutive resort.

  First, as shown in FIG. 50 (A), with the start of the operation effective period in which the operation of the effect button 15 is enabled, images of three treasure chests (closed treasure chests) are displayed on the screen, and “ "Let's open the treasure chest by pressing the button" is displayed. On the screen, “remaining time” at which the operation button 15 can be operated and “total number of points acquired” indicating the number of points acquired at the current stage are displayed. Further, a cursor pointing to the treasure chest to be operated is displayed on the screen, and the cursor is gradually shifted from left to right by one treasure according to the remaining operable time. . On the screen, the left treasure chest is also called “first treasure chest”, the central treasure chest is called “second treasure chest”, and the right treasure chest is also called “third treasure chest”.

Subsequently, as shown in FIG. 50B, when the effect button 15 is operated when the cursor points to the first treasure box, the first treasure box is opened. At this time, if the treasure box is out of place, the characters “sorry” appear together with the characters “0 point” from the treasure box.

  Next, as shown in FIG. 50C, when the effect button is operated 15 times when the cursor points to the second treasure chest, the second treasure chest is opened. At this time, if the treasure box is a win, a character “chance” appears together with a character “1 point” from the treasure box. At this time, since “1 point” or more is assured as the total number of points acquired, it becomes definite that there is an operation holding ball with a reach effect in the subsequent operation holding ball.

  Subsequently, as shown in FIG. 50D, when the effect button 15 is operated when the cursor points to the third treasure chest, the third treasure chest is opened. At this time, if the treasure box is a win, a character “chance” appears together with a character “1 point” from the treasure box. In addition, the characters “2 points” are displayed as “total score” obtained by adding the first score and the second score. Thereby, it is clearly notified that the specific hold is included in the subsequent operation hold ball, that is, that it becomes a hold range resort.

  When the production button 15 is not operated in spite of the occurrence of the on-hold consecutive resort production B in this way, the treasure box remains closed, and the pre-reading determination with respect to the subsequent operation holding ball is performed. You can't get results. This makes it possible for the player to recognize that each operation of the effect button 15 is meaningful. In addition, in this modification, although it was set as the structure which requires operation of multiple times, it is not limited to this, It is good also as a structure which suggests or alert | reports the change effect aspect of a subsequent action | operation hold ball only by one operation. . In addition, if the button operation is not performed even though the player has operated the button, the player can obtain “3 points”, but if the button operation is not performed, it is complementarily different from this. You may comprise so that 2 may be performed at the time of completion | finish demonstration production. In other words, if the button operation is performed at a specified timing and “3 points” can be obtained, it may be configured not to perform the in-hold extended villa effect B-2.

  As mentioned above, according to the 3rd modification of 1st Embodiment, when not only the possibility that specific reservation exists in a subsequent operation reservation ball | bowl, but the subsequent operation reservation ball | bowl was digested in the retentive in a reservation in stop. By suggesting or informing even the fluctuating production mode, it is possible to teach the player a variety of additional information according to the production result. It is possible to improve the fun of the game. In addition, the synergistic effect of the on-hold consecutive resort production and the button production can further increase the added value when the on-hold consecutive resort production occurs, and can further enhance the player-participatory presentation effect. .

[First Embodiment-Fourth Modification]
Next, a gaming machine according to a fourth modification of the first embodiment will be described. The gaming machine according to the fourth modification basically has the same configuration as the gaming machine of the first embodiment described above, and hereinafter, the same reference numerals are assigned to the parts having the same configuration. Thus, the description is omitted, and different parts are mainly described.

(Confirmed notification timing by rendezvous production on hold)
In the first embodiment described above, the on-hold consecutive villa production becomes definitive when the on-hold consecutive villa production A occurs. However, the present invention is not limited to this. It may be configured such that the consecutive villas are determined after a predetermined condition is satisfied after the consecutive villas production A is generated without determining the consecutive villas.

For example, in the probability variation mode in which the gaming state is a probability variation state of a special symbol, a battle effect is developed as a symbol variation effect that includes a battle between a teammate character and an enemy character. The battle effect in this modification is an effect that suggests that the player's ally character wins the enemy character immediately before the end of the symbol variation effect (immediately before the decoration symbol stops), thereby confirming the 16R jackpot with the variation. It is.

  In this modification, the on-hold consecutive villa effect A may occur as a battle effect (special battle effect) during symbol variation. In this special battle effect, a special enemy character that does not appear in the normal battle effect appears. In the case of this special battle effect, if the teammate character wins the enemy character, the 16-hit win in the change and the fact that there is a specific hold in the subsequent action holding ball, that is, the hold-in-range resort It is decided to do. On the other hand, if the teammate character is defeated by the enemy character in this special battle effect, the deviation due to the change becomes definite, and further, the occurrence of the reserved renzo is denied (so-called gasset effect). ). Thus, in this modified example, until the result of the battle in the battle effect is notified, it is not determined whether or not a reserved resort will occur. Can be increased.

  In addition, it is not limited only to the on-hold renso production A, and also on the on-hold renso production B, the on-hold renso production B is not determined at the time of the on-hold renso production B, and the on-hold renso production B is generated. Then, it is good also as a structure by which a predetermined condition is satisfied and a pending | holding range resort is decided. In this modified example, the content of the on-hold extended villa effect B is exemplified by a roulette effect that notifies the possibility of the on-hold extended villa by the roulette stop result, for example. In this roulette production, there are 3 stop positions “壱”, “弐” and “San”, and if the roulette stops at “壱”, the reserved resort is denied and stops at “弐” In such a case, it is suggested that there is a pending renage, and if it is stopped at "San", the confirmation of the banned villa will be notified. In this way, in this modified example, until the lottery result is notified in the roulette effect, it is not determined whether or not the reserved resort will occur. Can be increased. Note that the roulette may be stopped on condition of player's button operation.

  As described above, according to the fourth modified example of the first embodiment, even if the on-hold extended resort production occurs, the player is instructed whether or not the on-hold extended resort is confirmed until a predetermined condition is satisfied. Therefore, the interest in the content of the effect can be maintained until the final timing when the on-hold consecutive resort effect ends, and as a result, it is possible to improve the interest of the game.

[First Embodiment-Fifth Modification]
Next, a gaming machine according to a fifth modification of the first embodiment will be described. The gaming machine according to the fifth modification basically has the same configuration as the gaming machine of the first embodiment described above, and hereinafter, the same reference numerals are given to parts having the same configuration. Thus, the description is omitted, and different parts are mainly described.

(Button notice effect including rendezvous in the reservation)
In the first embodiment described above, the on-hold consecutive villa effect A is configured to display an effect image corresponding to the consecutive villa effect pattern, but a button notice effect that displays a notice effect image associated with a button operation by the player. It is good also as a structure including the on-hold consecutive resort production A as one aspect.

Here, in the first embodiment described above, the notice effect pattern corresponding to the change effect pattern is selected, and the notice effect is generated during the symbol change effect. As one of the notice effects, a button operation by the player is performed. There is a button notice effect. The button notice effect is a notice effect that suggests or notifies that there is a possibility of a big hit by displaying a predetermined effect image under the condition of a button operation by the player. In the present modification, the on-hold consecutive villa effect A is generated in the form of being included in the button notice effect. At this time, in a normal button notice effect, a plurality of items A, B, and C appear on the screen, and any one item can be selected. On the other hand, in the button notice effect as the on-hold consecutive resort production A, in addition to the normal items A, B, and C, a special item D appears on the screen, and this item D can be selected. . In this way, the possibility of a reserved resort can be notified by the appearance of the special item D during the button notice effect.

  As described above, according to the fifth modification of the first embodiment, the added value when the on-hold consecutive villa production is established can be further enhanced by the synergistic effect of the on-hold consecutive villa production and the button notice effect. The effect of player participation can be enhanced, and as a result, the fun of the game can be improved.

[First Embodiment-Sixth Modification]
Next, a gaming machine according to a sixth modification of the first embodiment will be described. The gaming machine according to the sixth modification basically has the same configuration as the gaming machine of the first embodiment described above, and hereinafter, the same reference numerals are given to the parts having the same configuration. Thus, the description is omitted, and different parts are mainly described.

(Combination image of the rendezvous rendezvous production and the design variation production)
In the first embodiment described above, only the effects that do not appear in all other scenes are illustrated, but the present invention is not limited to this, and the effect image of the on-hold consecutive villa effect B is displayed during the symbol variation effect. It is good also as a structure which serves as one of the produced effects images. For example, in the battle effect during the symbol variation effect, if an effect image in which the teammate character unleashes the special technique may appear, this effect image may be used as the effect image of the reserved in-village effect B. Note that the reason why the effect image of the on-hold consecutive resort effect A and the effect image during the symbol variation effect is not used together is that when the image is displayed during the symbol variation effect, the effect image becomes a normal battle effect. Since it is difficult to identify whether it is displayed as a one-step process or as an on-hold range resort production A, there is a possibility that it may not be possible to accurately notify the player of the possibility of the on-hold range resort. Because it is expensive.

  As described above, according to the sixth modified example of the first embodiment, the effect image of the symbol variation effect and the effect image of the on-hold consecutive resort effect are shared in part, and thus the limited hardware of the gaming machine It is possible to prevent wasteful consumption of resources.

  In addition, you may provide the roaring effect for encouraging generation | occurrence | production of the on-hold consecutive resort effect B during a big hit effect. In this case, during the jackpot presentation, the on-hold consecutive villa production can be generated only once, while the roaring production can be generated a plurality of times. For example, if the above-mentioned combined-use image is scheduled to be displayed in a predetermined round during the big hit effect in the on-hold consecutive resort production B, for example, the on-hold consecutive resort production B (the relevant In order to avoid the occurrence of the combined image), it is also possible to display a rolled image that associates or predicts the generation of the combined image, such as the shadow of the teammate character or the afterimage of the deathblow.

[First Embodiment-Seventh Modification]
Next, a gaming machine according to a seventh modification of the first embodiment will be described. The gaming machine according to the seventh modification basically has the same configuration as the gaming machine of the first embodiment described above, and hereinafter, the same reference numerals are assigned to the parts having the same configuration. Thus, the description is omitted, and different parts are mainly described.

(Number of on-hold Renso notifications)
In the first embodiment described above, it is configured to be able to notify the possibility that there are a plurality of specific holds in the subsequent operation hold ball in the on-hold extended resort effect B. In order to teach the possibility that there are a plurality of specific holds in the operation hold ball, the maximum value of the number of specific holds that can be notified in the on-hold extended resort production (the “number of on-hold extended resort notifications”) is determined in advance. In addition, a configuration may be adopted in which the number of specific holdings existing in the subsequent operation holding ball within a range not exceeding the maximum value can be notified.

  In the above-described first embodiment, the maximum value of the on-hold consecutive villa notification in the on-hold consecutive villa production A is “1”, and the maximum value of the on-hold consecutive villa notification in the on-hold consecutive villa production B is “2”. That is, in the in-hold consecutive resort production A determination process, the pre-read determination for only the earliest specific hold among the subsequent operation hold balls is executed to notify the existence of one specific hold, while hold In the Inner Renso production B determination process, the pre-read determination for not only the earliest specific hold but also the subsequent specific hold among the subsequent operation hold balls is executed to notify the existence of two or more specific holds. Configured to get.

  In the present modification, the number of specific reservations (referred to as “the number of extended reservations”) existing in the subsequent operation holding ball is counted in executing such determination processing of the extended reservations A and B. There is a counter for the number of in-hold retreats to do. The on-hold consecutive resort number counter is sequentially updated within a range that does not exceed a predetermined maximum number of on-hold consecutive resort notifications. The maximum value of the number of notifications in the on-hold consecutive villa is set to be larger in the on-hold consecutive villa production B than in the on-hold consecutive villa production A. Specifically, the maximum value of the number of notifications in the on-hold consecutive villas in the on-hold consecutive resort production A is “1”, and the maximum value of the in-holds in the continuous resort notification B is “3”. . In addition, the maximum value of the number of in-hold extended game notifications can be set in a range that is equal to or less than the maximum value of the number of active reserved balls of the second special symbol.

  As a notification mode of the number of in-hold resorts, the number of in-hold resorts is “1” when “one mystery” appears as in the first embodiment. If “2” appears in the “Mystery Book”, the possibility is “2” in the reserved resort, and if “3” appears in the “Reservation Book” The aspect which alert | reports possibility of being the number of consecutive resorts "3" is illustrated.

  In addition, the maximum value of the number of in-hold extended villas in this modification is merely an example, and the maximum value of the number of in-hold extended villas in the on-hold extended villa production A may be “2” or more. "4" may be sufficient as the maximum value of the number of notifications in the on-hold consecutive villa in the on-hold consecutive villa production B.

  As described above, according to the seventh modified example of the first embodiment, the maximum value of the number of in-hold extended villa notifications for the on-hold extended villa production A and the on-hold extended villa production B is set to be different from each other. By renewing the number of reserved villas within a range that does not exceed, the display mode of the on-hold villas A and B can be abundant and varied depending on the number of consecutive villa notifications, As a result, it is possible to improve the interest of the game.

[Second Embodiment]
Next, a gaming machine according to the second embodiment will be described. The gaming machine of the second embodiment basically has the same configuration as the gaming machine of the first embodiment described above, and hereinafter, the same reference numerals are given to the parts having the same configuration. The description is omitted, and different parts are mainly described.

  In the gaming machine of the first embodiment, the gaming state after the special game is determined based on the special symbol stop symbol (symbol group). In the gaming machine of the second embodiment, the special symbol stop symbol (symbol group). ) And the game mode during the special game, the game state after the special game is determined. In other words, the gaming machine according to the second embodiment allows a game ball to enter a special prize game having a specific area (in this example, the second large prize opening 65) and pass through the specific area. The game machine is configured as a so-called ball accuracy type game machine that decides to shift to the probability change state after the end of the special game.

FIG. 52 is a schematic diagram showing the configuration of the second grand prize winning opening 65 in the second embodiment. As described above, the second big prize opening 65 is provided with a second big prize opening switch 651 for detecting the entry of a game ball into the second big prize opening 65, and the second big prize opening. A second special electric accessory 652 for opening and closing 65 is provided. In addition, a distribution device 654 for determining a gaming state after the end of the special game is provided in the second grand prize winning port 65, located downstream of the second big prize winning port switch 651. The distribution device 654 is provided with a specific area 658 and a non-specific area 659 to which game balls that have entered the second grand prize winning opening 65 are distributed. In addition, the distribution device 654 is provided with a blade member 655 that selectively guides the game ball that has entered the second grand prize opening 65 to the specific area 658 or the non-specific area 659, and opens and closes the blade member 655. A specific area solenoid 656 is provided. In a state where the wing member 655 is in the closed position, the specific area 658 is closed by the wing member 655, and the game balls are distributed to the non-specific area 659. On the other hand, when the blade member 655 is in the open position, the specific area 658 is opened, and the game balls are distributed to the specific area 658. In the specific area 658, a specific area switch 657 for detecting a game ball that has flowed into the specific area 658 is provided. The specific area switch 657 functions as a probability change switch for shifting the gaming state after the end of the special game to a state (high probability state) in which the probability variation function of the special symbol is activated.

  In this example, the opening / closing operation of the second special electric accessory 652 and the opening / closing operation of the blade member 655 are controlled synchronously, and the opening period of the second big prize opening 65 and the opening period of the specific area 658 are temporally controlled. Are configured to overlap. Therefore, when the second grand prize opening 65 is opened, the specific area 658 is also opened, and when the second big prize opening 65 is closed, the specific area 658 is also closed. Note that the drive control of the blade member 655 (specific area solenoid 656) is executed by the main control board 100 (electric accessory control means 160).

  Based on the detection information from the specific area switch 657, the main control board 100 (the ball determining means 110) determines whether or not a game ball has entered the specific area 658 of the second big prize opening 65. Then, when the main control board 100 (the entrance determination means 110) detects an entrance to the specific area 658, an effect control command (“specific area entrance command” including the specific area entrance information is displayed. To generate).

  Then, the special symbol and symbol group (big hit classification) in 2nd Embodiment are demonstrated.

  The upper part of FIG. 53 is a diagram schematically showing a symbol table per first special symbol in the second embodiment. In the symbol table per first special symbol, the symbol random value per special symbol is associated with the stop symbol, the symbol group, and the action patterns of the special winning openings 64 and 65, respectively. In this table, the stop symbols “1” to “8” of the first special symbol are classified into two types of symbol groups A and B according to the type of jackpot. Specifically, symbols “1”, “2”, “3”, and “4” include symbols “A”, “6”, “7”, “ Symbol group B (8R short open big hit symbol) is associated with “8”.

  The lower part of FIG. 53 is a diagram schematically showing a symbol table per second special symbol in the second embodiment. In the second special symbol per symbol table, the special symbols per special symbol are associated with the stop symbols, the symbol groups, and the operation patterns of the special winning openings 64 and 65, respectively. In this table, the stop symbols “11” to “18” of the second special symbol are classified into two types of symbol groups C and D according to the type of jackpot. Specifically, in the symbols “11”, “12”, “13”, and “14”, the symbol group C (16R long open big hit symbol) has symbols “15”, “16”, “17”, “ 18 ”is associated with the symbol group D (8R long open big hit symbol).

The “long open big hit” is a big hit with a round game in which the second big winning opening 65 is long open, and it is relatively easy to enter the game ball into the specific area 658. The “short open big hit” is a big win with a round game in which the second big winning opening 65 is short opened, and it is relatively difficult to enter the game ball into the specific area 658. In this embodiment, when the first special symbol is a big hit, it corresponds to a long open big hit (16R long open big hit) at a rate of 50%, and a short open big hit (8R short open big hit at the rate of the remaining 50%. ) On the other hand, in the case of a big hit with the second special symbol, it corresponds to a long open big hit (16R long open big hit, 8R long open big hit) at a rate of 100%.

  Here, FIG. 54 is a time chart for explaining the operation pattern of the special winning openings 64 and 65 in the special game in the second embodiment. In the figure, the state changes of the first big prize opening 64 and the second big prize opening 65 during the special game are shown in time series from left to right. In addition, between each round, the interval time (standby time) in which the closed state of the special winning openings 64 and 65 is maintained is provided. In the operation pattern of the special winning openings 64 and 65 in the present embodiment, it is determined that the second special winning opening 65 (specific area 658) is opened and closed only in a specific round of special games (also referred to as “specific round”). ing. In the present embodiment, the specific round is defined as the seventh round and the eighth round. However, the present invention is not limited to this, and the specific round may be changed to a different number of rounds, or a plurality of specific rounds of three or more may be set.

  FIG. 54A shows a 16R long open pattern which is an operation pattern by 16R long open big hit. In the 16R long opening pattern, the first big prize opening 64 is continuously opened for 29 seconds in rounds other than the specific round, while the second big prize opening 65 is used in the seventh and eighth rounds which are specific rounds. Is continuously opened for 29 seconds.

  FIG. 54B shows an 8R long opening pattern which is an operation pattern by 8R long opening big hit. In the 8R long opening pattern, the first big prize opening 64 is continuously opened for 29 seconds in rounds other than the specific round, while the second big prize opening 65 is used in the seventh and eighth rounds, which are specific rounds. Is continuously opened for 29 seconds.

  Thus, when 16R long open big hit or 8R long open big hit is selected, the opening period of the second big prize opening 65 is set to a long time of 29 seconds in the specific round. Since the opening period and the opening period of the specific area 658 overlap with each other in time, a game ball that has entered from the second major winning opening 65 easily wins the specific area 658. As a result, a state in which the game ball can easily pass through the specific area 658 is maintained.

  FIG. 54 (C) shows an 8R short opening pattern which is an operation pattern by 8R short opening big hit. In the 8R short opening pattern, the first grand prize opening 64 is continuously opened for 29 seconds in rounds other than the specific round, while the second big prize opening 65 is provided in the seventh and eighth rounds, which are specific rounds. Is opened for 0.2 seconds.

  Thus, when the 8R short open big hit is selected, the second big prize opening 65 is opened only for an extremely short time of 0.2 seconds in a specific round, so that the game ball is in the second big prize opening 65. The possibility of entering the specific area 658 is extremely low. As a result, a state in which it is difficult to pass the game ball to the specific area 658, or a state in which it is substantially impossible to pass, is maintained.

When a game ball enters the specific area 658 in a specific round, after the special game ends, the state shifts to a special symbol probability change state (high probability state). In addition, when the transition to the special symbol probability change state is made, the special symbol time reduction state and the electric chew support state are maintained as long as the special symbol probable state continues and the special symbol probable state continues. continue. In addition, after the end of the special game, if the next big hit does not occur within the number of times of change of the special symbol within the ST number (100 times), the probability change state of the special symbol is ended and the state is shifted to the normal state.

  On the other hand, if the game ball does not enter the specific area 658 in the specific round, the special symbol is in a short time state (low probability state) after the special game ends. When the special symbol shifts to the short-time state, the electronic-chu support state continues as long as the special symbol time-shift state continues. In addition, after the end of the special game, when the number of changes of the special symbol reaches a predetermined number (70 times), the short time state of the special symbol is terminated and the normal state is entered.

  Next, the on-hold consecutive resort production in the second embodiment will be described. In the present embodiment, it is determined whether or not the on-hold consecutive villa effect B as the big hit effect is executable at a timing after the specific round in the special game. This is not the timing after a specific round has passed (at least after a game ball has entered a specific area), the game state after the end of the special game will shift to a high probability state or to a low probability state This is because it is difficult to notify the occurrence of the reserved resort in this uncertain state. In other words, depending on the game state after the end of the special game, the lottery result of whether or not the subsequent operation holding ball existing during the special game will be a big hit depends on, so whether or not to execute the in-hold extended zone effect B By making the lottery after the specific round, it is possible to make a notification of the reservation of the reserved resort. Therefore, in the present embodiment, it is assumed that the game ball has entered the specific area in the specific round, that is, it is assumed that the transition to the probable change state of the special symbol is completed after the special game is finished. The execution of B is determined. Accordingly, in the on-hold consecutive game production B in this example, there is a specific hold that becomes a big hit in the subsequent operation hold ball, and the game state after the special game is a special symbol probability change state (high probability state). This is significant as an effect of definite notification. That is, in the seventh round, the eighth round, or a round after that, and if there is no entry into the specific area 658, the on-hold consecutive resort production B does not occur. In other words, the seventh round or the eighth round When the on-hold consecutive resort effect B occurs in the round, it can be said that it is the same timing as the timing of entering the game ball into the specific area 658 or the timing after that.

  As described above, in the second embodiment, at the timing after the specific round (the timing after entering the specific area), referring to the preliminary determination result (preliminary determination number) from the main control board 100, When a preemptive determination of whether or not the game is in progress after the special game has ended (becomes a state of certain change by entering a specific area) is executed for the subsequent operation hold ball, and there is a specific hold that is a big hit It is configured so that only the in-hold Renso production B can be executed by lottery. Now, specific processing will be described below.

(Big hit effect content determination processing: second embodiment)
Subsequently, the jackpot effect content determination process (S638) according to the subroutine of S638 in FIG. 27 in the second embodiment will be described. FIG. 55 is a flowchart showing details of the big hit effect content determination process (S638).

  Here, in the above-described first embodiment, the on-hold consecutive resort effect B determination process (see S805 in FIG. 31) is executed in response to the reception of the start demo command, but this second embodiment. Then, the on-hold consecutive resort effect B determination process is executed in response to the reception of the specific area entry command. This is because, as described above, it is matched with whether or not the on-hold consecutive resort effect B can be executed as the timing after the game ball enters the specific area 658. In FIG. 55, the processes of S801 to S818 and S821 to S838 are the same as those of the first embodiment, and therefore, the processes of S841 to S843 which are different points will be mainly described.

First, it is determined whether or not a specific area entry command is stored in the sub-main information storage means 260 (S841). When a specific area entry command is stored (S841: YE)
In S), the specific area entry flag of the sub-main information storage means 260 is turned on (S842). The on-hold consecutive resort production B determination process is executed (S843). Details of the on-hold consecutive villa production B determination process (S842) will be described later with reference to FIG. Subsequently, a big hit effect replacement process is executed (S844). In this jackpot effect replacement process, when the on-hold consecutive resort effect B (special continuous effect) is executed, the normal end demo effect pattern is replaced with the special end demo effect pattern. In the preceding big hit effect replacement process (S806), when the special continuous effect is executed, the normal start demonstration effect pattern is replaced with the special start demonstration effect pattern. On the other hand, when the specific area entry command is not stored (S841: NO), S842 and S843 are skipped and the process proceeds to S821.

  Although not shown in the figure, when a specific area entry command is received during a special game, the game ball has entered the specific area 658, that is, after the special game is over, the state shifts to a special symbol probability changing state. An effect pattern for informing the effect (referred to as “specific area entry effect”) is determined, and the number of the effect pattern of the specific area entry effect is assigned to the specific area entry in the sub main information storage means 260. Temporarily store in the effect pattern storage area.

(On-hold consecutive villa production B determination processing: second embodiment)
Next, the on-hold consecutive villa effect B determination process (S843) in the second embodiment will be described. FIG. 56 is a flowchart showing details of the on-hold consecutive resort effect B determination process (S843) in the second embodiment.

  Here, the difference from the first embodiment described above is the processing of S850 and S869, and the processing after S850 is executed when the specific area entry command is received. In FIG. 56, the processes in S851 to S868 and S870 are the same as those in the first embodiment, and therefore, the processes in S860 and S869 which are different points will be mainly described.

  First, it is determined whether or not the specific area entry flag of the sub-main information storage means 260 is on (S850). When the specific area entry flag is ON (S850: YES), the on-hold consecutive resort effect B lottery process (S856), the consecutive resort effect pattern selection process (S861), and the like are executed in the processing after S851. . In this example, since the pending renso effect B determination process is performed on the premise that the game ball enters the specific area in the specific round, in this consecutive villa effect pattern selection process, the round effects after the specific round ( Only a consecutive-village effect pattern that occurs in the end demo effect) (including a specific round) can be selected. Then, in the latter half of this process, the specific area entry flag of the sub-main information storage means 260 is turned off (S869).

  In addition, in the specific round (seventh to eighth rounds) in the special game being executed this time, when there are a plurality of balls entering the specific area 658, the main processing based on the earliest ball entry (S850) ~ S870), the on-hold consecutive resort production flag is turned on. Therefore, even if this processing based on the subsequent entry is executed, a negative determination (NO) is made in S731, and the on-hold consecutive resort production is performed again. The lottery process of B is avoided.

  As described above, according to the second embodiment, by entering the specific area 658, it is possible to acquire the right to transition to the probable state of the special symbol, and the expectation for the occurrence of the on-hold consecutive resort production is enhanced. It was possible to further enhance the effect of the reaming stage directing, and the execution of the on-reserved reaming stage rendition in the situation where the game state after the end of the special game is undefined is reflected as a result of the prefetch determination. By preventing the display mode and the actual result of the on-hold renso production from being flawed, the reliability of the on-hold renso production as the pre-reading notice can be improved. It becomes possible to improve interest.

In the above-described second embodiment, the opening pattern in which the opening period of the second grand prize opening 65 and the specific area 658 is completely overlapped is illustrated, but the present invention is not limited to this, and the second grand prize winning is performed. The mouth 65 and the opening period of the specific area 658 may be partially overlapped without completely overlapping. Further, in consideration of the delay time until the game ball that has entered the second grand prize opening 65 reaches the specific area 658, the opening period of the specific area 658 is delayed with respect to the opening period of the second big prize opening 65. May be.

[Second Embodiment-First Modification]
Next, a gaming machine according to a first modification of the second embodiment will be described. The gaming machine according to the first modification basically has the same configuration as the gaming machine of the above-described second embodiment, and hereinafter, the same reference numerals are given to parts having the same configuration. Thus, the description is omitted, and different parts are mainly described.

  In the second embodiment described above, the on-hold-ream villa effect B determination process is executed at the timing when the game ball enters the specific area 658 in the specific round. However, the present invention is not limited to this. It is good also as a structure which performs pending | holding consecutive resort production B determination processing before a game ball enters into the specific area | region 658. FIG.

  First, in describing the above configuration, a prior determination number that is a result of the determination in advance on the main control board 100 side will be described. FIG. 57 is a diagram schematically showing the success / failure pre-determination table, where (A) is a table referred to in the pre-rejection determination of the first special symbol lottery and (B) is referred to in the pre-failure determination of the second special symbol lottery. It is a table to be. FIG. 57 shows the contents corresponding to the special symbol success / failure lottery table (FIG. 5) referred to in the first embodiment.

  As shown in FIG. 57A, in the first special symbol lottery determination, whether or not the random number value falls within the range of “0 to 163”, the preliminary determination number “1” and the random number value “164 to 1639”. ”Corresponds to the prior determination number“ 2 ”, when the random value corresponds to the range“ 1640 to 65207 ”, the prior determination number“ 3 ”, and the random value corresponds to the range“ 65208 to 65535 ” In this case, the prior determination number “4” is set as the prior determination result. This prior determination number is included in the content of the success / failure determination command together with information indicating the result of the first special symbol determination and information indicating the order of the operation holding balls, and transmitted to the effect control board 200 side. (See S213 in FIG. 13).

  As shown in FIG. 57 (B), in the second special symbol lottery determination, whether or not the random number value falls within the range of “0 to 163”, the preliminary determination number “1” and the random number value “164 to 1639”. ”Is set as the prior determination result, and when the random number value falls within the range of“ 1640 to 65535 ”, the prior determination number“ 3 ”is set as the prior determination result. This prior determination number is included in the content of the success / failure prior determination command together with information indicating the result of prior determination of the second special symbol and information indicating the order of the operation holding balls, and transmitted to the effect control board 200 side. (See S213 in FIG. 13).

  As can be seen from a comparison of the special symbol win / fail lottery table in FIG. 5 and the success / failure pre-judgment table in FIG. 57, the pre-decision number “1” does not depend on the game state (normal state / probability change state), Is a determination result derived to be “ On the other hand, the prior determination number “2” is a determination result derived to be “big hit” in the probability variation state (high probability state), but “out” in the normal state (low probability state). is there. In this example as well, as in the first embodiment described above, the target of the pre-reading determination related to the on-hold range resort production is only the operation reservation ball (pre-determination result) of the second special symbol, but the first special You may include the design operation hold ball (preliminary determination information).

In the on-hold consecutive resort production A determination process and the on-hold consecutive resort production B determination process, the subsequent operation reservation ball (
The pre-reading determination as to whether or not a specific holding that is a big hit is included in the operation holding ball of the second special symbol) is determined based on this prior determination number. At this time, the determination as to whether or not the on-hold consecutive resort effect B can be executed is performed before the specific round, that is, before the game ball enters the specific area (for example, before the start of the special game, at the start demonstration effect, the specific round Consider the case of playing in a previous round game).

  First, when executing the on-hold consecutive resort effect B determination process before a specific round, if there is an operation holding ball with a prior determination number of “1” in the subsequent operation holding ball, regarding this operation holding ball, Even if the game state is changed to a probable state (high probability state) or a normal state (low probability state) after the end of the special game, the determination result is a big hit, so that the game ball enters the specific area 658 Regardless of whether or not there is, there is a pending renso at this point. Therefore, in this case, the on-hold extended resort production B can be generated as a notification of the on-hold extended resort.

  On the other hand, in the case where there is an operation holding ball with a pre-determined number “2”, whether or not the determination result is a big hit for this operation holding ball depends on the gaming state after the end of the special game. Therefore, considering that the gaming state changes depending on whether or not a game ball has entered the specific area 658, the on-hold range resort is not fixed at this time. Therefore, in this case, the on-hold consecutive resort production B cannot be generated as a notification of the on-hold consecutive resort, and only the possibility of the on-hold consecutive resort is suggested.

  Therefore, regardless of whether or not there is a game ball entering the specific area 658 (regardless of which game state is entered), the correctness determination result at the time when the operation holding ball is actually digested is accurately determined. If it can be specified (in the case of the prior determination number “1”), it is possible to notify the confirmation of the in-hold extended villa, and conversely, the correctness determination result at the time when the operation holding ball is actually digested is accurately specified. If this is not possible (in the case of the prior determination number “2”), it is only necessary to suggest the possibility of a reserved resort. For this reason, in this example, it is preferable to prepare the confirmation notification effect and the suggestion effect of the on-hold consecutive resort in different effect modes.

  As described above, according to the first modified example of the second embodiment, when the prefetch determination is performed in a situation where the gaming state after the end of the special game cannot be accurately specified, the big win is uniquely derived regardless of the gaming state. If it is to be performed, while the in-hold extended villa production B is generated in a manner in which the in-hold extended villa is confirmed and notified, the determination result of the on-hold extended villa varies depending on the gaming state. Even if it is the timing before the game ball enters the specific area by generating the on-hold consecutive resort production B in a manner that suggests the possibility, It is possible to prevent a notice effect that disappoints the player's expectation, such as the occurrence of a habit, and as a result, it is possible to improve the interest of the game.

In the same way, as a pre-reading notice other than the rendezvous in the rendezvous effect, for example, also in the pre-reading notice such as a change in hold, a pre-reading determination as to whether or not there is a specific holding that becomes a big hit in the working holding ball is this prior determination. This is done based on the number. At this time, when the pre-reading determination is executed for the subsequent operation holding ball under the situation where the preceding operation holding ball is a big hit, the pre-determination number is set as the pre-determination result of the operation holding ball to be pre-read. If it is “1”, an effect mode (for example, “rainbow-colored on-hold image representing the big hit decision) that informs the big hit decision may appear as the hold change pre-reading notice effect based on the operation hold ball. In other words, with regard to this operation holding ball, even if the gaming state after the end of the special game is either a probability change state (high probability state) or a normal state (low probability state) of the special symbol, It is scheduled to be a big hit when it is digested, so regardless of whether or not game balls have entered the specific area 658, the in-hold-ream villa is determined at this point, and the result of the prefetch determination is reflected There is no possibility of a discrepancy between the display mode of the held image and the actual result (for example, if the prior determination number is “2”, the game ball does not enter the specific area 658 and the special game ends) In the normal state, even if a reserved image representing the big hit decision appears, a situation that does not result in a big hit occurs.

  In this modification, only the success / failure determination table is illustrated as the prior determination table. However, for the symbol prior determination table and the variation pattern prior determination table, a prior determination number is assigned to the random number range of each determination value. It can be expressed with.

[Third Embodiment]
Next, a gaming machine according to the third embodiment will be described. The gaming machine of the third embodiment has basically the same configuration as the gaming machine of the first embodiment described above, and hereinafter, the same reference numerals are given to the parts having the same configuration. The description is omitted, and different parts are mainly described.

  In the gaming machine of the first embodiment, the probability variation rush rate is 100%, and the number of time-changing probability modification machines, so-called “ST machines”, have been described as examples. In the third embodiment, a big hit with a specific symbol is used. In this case, the special symbol probability variation function continues from the end of the special game until the next big hit occurs, so-called a normal probability variation type gaming machine.

  Here, FIG. 58 is a diagram schematically showing the special symbol success / failure lottery table in the third embodiment, in which (A) is referred to in a normal state (low probability state), and (B) is a probability variation state (high probability). Status). As can be seen from FIG. 58, in the special symbol game winning / losing lottery, in the normal state (low probability state), only when the random number value falls within the range of 0 to 163, the big hit is made. On the other hand, in the probability variation state (high probability state), the range of jackpot is expanded, and not only when the random number value falls within the range of 0 to 163 but also when it falls within the range of 164 to 1639. In other words, when the probability changing function of the special symbol is activated, the jackpot lottery probability changes from the low probability state (1 / 399.6) to the high probability state (1 / 39.96). As described above, the range corresponding to the jackpot changes according to the gaming state, but the winning probability of winning the jackpot is equal between the winning lottery of the first special symbol and the winning lottery of the second special symbol. Here, even if the random number value per special symbol does not correspond to the big hit range, if it falls within the predetermined range, it is a small hit. In this example, the winning lottery of the first special symbol is a small hit with a higher probability than the winning lottery of the second special symbol.

  Then, the upper part of FIG. 59 is a figure which shows typically the symbol table per 1st special symbol in 3rd Embodiment. In the symbol table per first special symbol, the random number of symbols per special symbol, stop symbol, symbol group, jackpot contents (number of times the probability variation function and variation time reduction function of special symbols are activated, first grand prize) The operation patterns of the mouths 64) are associated with each other. In this table, the stop symbols “1” to “8” of the first special symbol are classified into three types of symbol groups A to C according to the type of jackpot.

  Specifically, symbols “1”, “2”, “3”, and “4” include symbol group A (16R specified short time symbol 1), and symbols “5” and “6” include symbol groups. Symbol group B (2R normal time short symbol) is associated with B (2R specific short symbol symbol), and symbols “7” and “8” are associated with each other.

  Subsequently, the lower part of FIG. 59 is a diagram schematically showing a symbol table per second special symbol in the third embodiment. In the symbol table per second special symbol, the random symbol value per special symbol is the stop symbol, symbol group, jackpot content (number of times the probability variation function and variation time reduction function of the special symbol are activated, the second grand prize) The operation patterns of the mouths 65) are associated with each other. In this table, the stop symbols “11” to “18” of the second special symbol are classified into three types of symbol groups D to F according to the type of jackpot. Specifically, symbols “11”, “12”, “13”, “14” include symbol group D (16R specific short-time symbol), symbols “15”, “16” include symbol group E. The symbol group F (2R normal time symbol) is associated with (2R specific short symbol) and symbols “17” and “18”, respectively.

  Symbol groups A, B, D, and E are specific symbols indicating so-called “probability change jackpots” that shift the gaming state after the end of the special game to a special symbol probability change state (high probability state), and are special until the next jackpot. A symbol change function, a time reduction function, and an electric chew support function are provided. When the symbol groups A and D (16R probability variation big hit) are selected, the specified number of rounds of the special game is 16, and the maximum opening time of the big winning opening 64 in one round game is about 30 seconds. When the symbol groups B and E (2R probability variation big hit) are selected, the specified number of rounds for the special game is two rounds, and the maximum opening time of the big prize opening 64 in one round game is about 0.05 seconds. . Symbol groups C, F are normal symbols indicating so-called “normal hits” in which the gaming state after the end of the special game is shifted to the normal state (low probability state), and limited to 100 times after the end of the special game. Special time-saving function and electric support function are added. When symbol groups C and F (2R normal jackpot) are selected, the number of rounds specified for special games is two rounds, as is the case with symbol groups B and E (2R probability variable jackpot). The maximum opening time of the mouths 64 and 65 is about 0.05 seconds.

  Next, FIG. 60A is a diagram schematically showing a variation pattern table for winning. The upper (A1) is a normal variation pattern table, and the lower (A2) is a probability variation pattern table. In this example, the selected variation pattern is set to be different according to the variation pattern selection state or according to the jackpot type even in the same variation pattern selection state.

  In the normal variation pattern table of (A1), when the big hit type is 16R big hit, when either the fluctuation pattern PX2 (normal reach A) or the fluctuation pattern PX3 (super reach A) is selected and 2R big hit, Any one of the fluctuation pattern PZ2 (normal reach A), the fluctuation pattern PZ3 (super reach A), and the fluctuation pattern PZ4 (super reach D) is selected. On the other hand, if it is a small hit, the fluctuation pattern PK4 (super reach D) is selected.

  In the probability variation pattern table of (A2), when the big hit type is 16R big hit, only the fluctuation pattern PX7 (super reach B) is selected, and when the big hit type is 2R big hit, the fluctuation pattern PZ7 (super reach B) One of the patterns PZ8 (super reach D) is selected. On the other hand, when it is a small hit, only the variation pattern PK8 (super reach D) is selected.

  FIG. 60B is a diagram schematically illustrating an example of the variation pattern table for loss. The upper (B1) is a normal variation pattern table, and the lower (B2) is a probability variation pattern table. In this example, the selected variation pattern is set differently depending on the variation pattern selection state.

  In the normal variation pattern table of (B1), any one of the variation pattern PH1 (non-reach A), the variation pattern PH2 (normal reach A), the variation pattern PH3 (super reach A), and the variation pattern PH4 (super reach D) is selected. The In the probability variation pattern table of (B2), any one of the variation pattern PH5 (non-reach B), the variation pattern PH6 (normal reach B), and the variation pattern PH8 (super reach D) is selected.

Here, in this probability variation pattern table for loss, only a variation pattern that is a variation mode of non-reach B, normal reach B, and super reach D can be selected (in other words, variation of super reach B). The variation pattern is not selected, and is different from the above-described probability variation pattern table for winning. For this reason, in the probability variation state of the special symbol, the variation pattern selected depending on whether or not the variation pattern becomes super reach B is clearly distinguished from the case of the big hit and out of the super hit B ( In this example, when a variation aspect that develops into battle reach) appears, the big win is decisive.

  In the present embodiment, so-called battle specs are employed, and a battle reach effect is generated when the symbol variation effect is developed to Super Reach B while staying in the probability variation effect mode Mβ as the effect mode. As described above, this battle reach production (super reach B) is selected only when the result of the determination is a big hit, so when the battle reach production occurs during the symbol variation production. The jackpot is definitive. This battle reach production is a reach production in which a teammate character and an enemy character battle each other to determine the victory or defeat. When the teammate character finally wins the enemy character, the 16R jackpot is reached, and the teammate character is ultimately defeated by the enemy character. Then 2R big hit is decided.

  Next, the on-hold consecutive resort production in the third embodiment will be described. In the above-described first embodiment, the on-holding ball to be prefetched in the on-hold consecutive resort productions A and B was specific reserved (16R big hit, 8R big hit) or off hold, but the reserved ball in the third embodiment The operation holding ball to be prefetched for the effects A and B is specific holding (16R big hit) or small hit holding (not including off hold). As a reason for including a small hit, in general, when the result of the determination is wrong, there are many kinds of variation patterns. There are fewer types of variation patterns to be selected in the case of small hits than in designing whether to perform a Gase production (reserved in-rendition production), and due to the nature of the lottery result of small hits This is because it is suitable for use as a gaze effect, so that it requires only a small number of discriminators for executing the prefetch determination and can be simplified.

  FIG. 61 (A) is a consecutive resort production pattern table that is referred to when selecting a consecutive resort production pattern of the retained resort series A in the third embodiment, and FIG. 61 (B) is an on-reservation sequence in the third embodiment. It is a consecutive resort production pattern table referred when selecting the consecutive resort production pattern of the residence production B. Since these extended game effect pattern tables are basically the same as the extended game effect patterns in the first embodiment (see FIG. 8), detailed description is omitted, but as described above, The difference is that a small hit hold is included as an operation hold ball to be pre-read in Zhuang productions A and B. Now, specific processing will be described below.

(On-hold Renso production B determination processing: third embodiment)
Next, the on-hold consecutive villa effect B determination process (S843) in the third embodiment will be described. FIG. 62 is a flowchart showing details of the on-hold consecutive resort effect B determination process (S843) in the third embodiment.

  Here, the difference from the first embodiment described above is the processing of S871 to S874, in that the small hit hold is included in the operation hold ball to be pre-read for the in-hold extended resort effect B. In FIG. 62, the processes in S851 to S854 and S858 to S870 are the same as those in the first embodiment, and therefore, the processes in S871 to S874 which are different points will be mainly described.

  First, when there is a specific hold in the operation holding ball of the second special symbol (S854: YES), it is determined whether or not this specific hold indicates a 16R big hit (high profit big hit) (S871). . If the specific hold corresponds to a 16R big hit (S871: YES), the on-hold consecutive resort production B lottery process 1 for determining whether or not to execute the on-hold extended resort production B is performed by lottery ( S872). In the on-hold consecutive resort production B lottery process 1, the consecutive resort production lottery random number value matches the determination value of “execution” or “non-execution” with reference to the unillustrated consecutive resort production B lottery table 1. If so, determine whether to execute. In this example, for example, execution is determined at a rate of 70% and non-execution is determined at a rate of 30%.

On the other hand, when there is no specific reservation in the operation reservation ball of the second special symbol (S854: NO), the second
It is determined whether or not the small hit hold is included in the special design hold ball (S873). When the small hit hold is included (S873: YES), the on-hold consecutive villa production B lottery process 2 for determining whether or not to execute the on-hold consecutive villa production B is executed by lottery (S874). . In the on-hold consecutive resort production B lottery process 2, the random resort production lottery random number value matches the determination value of “execution” or “non-execution” with reference to the unillustrated consecutive resort production B lottery table 2. If so, determine whether to execute. In this example, for example, execution is determined at a rate of 0.1% and non-execution is determined at a rate of 99.9%.

  When winning in the on-hold consecutive resort production B lottery process (S872, S874), in the following, while selecting the consecutive resort production pattern for determining the content of the on-hold consecutive resort production A (S861), this After temporarily storing it in the extended game effect pattern storage area of the sub-main information storage means 260 (S868), the on-hold extended game effect flag of the sub-main information storage means 260 is turned on (S870), and this process ends.

  By the way, as a point to be noted in this embodiment, during the execution of the special game, the on-hold extended resort effect B does not occur. If a high expectation effect (Super Reach B) occurs due to the digestion of the action-holding ball that exists at the time, the high profit big hit rather than the probability of a low profit big hit (2R probability variable big hit, 2R normal big hit) The probability of (16R probability variation big hit) is set higher.

  As shown in FIG. 59 (B), the jackpot type allocation in the second special symbol game is as follows: 70% probability with 16R probability variation jackpot, 20% probability with 2R probability variation jackpot with 10% probability with 2R normal jackpot. It has become. In this example, the 16R probability variation big hit is also referred to as “16R big hit”, the 2R probability variation big hit and the 2R normal big hit are collectively referred to as “2R big hit”.

  In addition, as shown in FIG. 60, in the special symbol probability variation state, if the result of the determination is a big hit, if it is a 16R big hit, the change of the super reach B (high expectation effect) with a probability of 100%. When the pattern PX7 is selected and the 2R big hit (2R specific big hit, 2R normal big hit) is selected, the fluctuation pattern PZ7 of the super reach B (high expectation degree effect) is selected with a probability of 60%.

  At this time, as described in S872 in FIG. 62, in this example, when there is a specific hold (16R big hit) in the subsequent operation hold ball, the winning probability of whether or not the on-hold extended zone effect B is executable is 70%. Therefore, even if there is a specific hold (16R big hit), the in-hold extension resort production B is not executed with a probability of 30%.

  Under the conditions as described above, the probability X of 16R big hit by the appearance of Battle Reach (Super Reach B) and the appearance of Battle Reach (Super Reach B) in the situation where the Reservation in the Reservation in Reservation B is not executed. Thus, the probability Y of 2R big hit is as follows.

X = (Probability of winning 16R jackpot) × (Probability of not producing on-hold Renso production B) × (Probability of becoming Super Reach B)
Y = (Probability of winning 2R jackpot) × (Probability of becoming Super Reach B)

  Subsequently, using the above numerical values, the probability X of 16R jackpot due to the appearance of Super Reach B and the probability Y of 2R jackpot due to the appearance of Super Reach B are specifically calculated as follows.

X = 70/100 × (100−70) / 100 × 100/100 = 21/100
Y = (20 + 10) / 100 × 60/100 = 18/100

  Therefore, when the high expectation level effect is generated in the subsequent operation holding ball without the on-hold consecutive villa effect B being generated (when it develops to Super Reach B), it is more than the possibility of a low profit jackpot. The possibility of becoming a big hit other than the low profit big hit (that is, high profit big hit = 16R big hit) is higher.

  As described above, according to the third embodiment, even when the on-hold consecutive resort production B does not occur during the special game, the player has a high profit for the high expectation degree after the special game. It is possible to enhance the player's expectation by generating a high expectation effect without impairing the expectation for the big hit, and as a result, it is possible to improve the interest of the game.

[Fourth Embodiment]
Next, a gaming machine according to the fourth embodiment will be described. The gaming machine of the fourth embodiment basically has the same configuration as the gaming machine of the above-described first embodiment, and hereinafter, the same reference numerals are given to parts having the same configuration. The description is omitted, and different parts are mainly described.

  In the above-described first embodiment, regardless of the type of jackpot, the ST machine (probability change machine) with a probability change entry rate of 100% that shifts uniformly to a high probability state (special change state of the special symbol) after the special game ends. Adopted, but not limited to this, including a jackpot that shifts to a low probability state (special symbol time-short state or normal state) after the end of the special game as a part of the jackpot type, a predetermined ratio (for example, probability change) An ST machine that shifts to a probable change state of a special symbol at an rush rate of 80%) may be employed.

  In such a model, when a special big game is hit in the probability change state (high probability state) of the special game, when the special game is over, the normal state or the special symbol time shift state (low probability state), After reaching the ST period in a special game probability change state (high probability state), the game state may change, for example, when shifting to a normal state or a special symbol time-short state (low probability state).

  In this modification, when prefetching determination is performed on the effect control board 200 side based on the information of the predetermination result from the main control board 100, an operation holding ball (referred to as “target holding”) that is a target of the prefetching determination is obtained. When the game state is scheduled to change before being digested (high probability state → low probability state, etc.), the information of the pre-determined result related to the action-holding ball is ignored. That is, in the pre-reading determination of the target hold, it was determined as “big hit”, but as a result of digestion of the operation hold ball (predecessor hold) stored prior to the target hold, it becomes a normal big hit (non-probable big hit), If the game state reaches the normal state after the special game ends, or if the ST period ends after the prefetch determination and before the trigger hold is consumed, this trigger hold is actually consumed. Occasionally, a situation where it is determined to be off may occur. Therefore, in order to prevent such a situation, when the gaming state is scheduled to change, the information of the pre-determination result is not set as the target of the prefetch determination. Note that “ignore” includes the meaning of “received information is received but not used” and the meaning of “received information is not received”.

As an example of applying this configuration to the pre-reading determination related to the on-hold consecutive ren production, when the preceding operation holding ball becomes a big hit as a result of digestion, the current gaming state (the preceding game in the subsequent operation holding ball) Even if there is something that is determined to be a specific hold in the game state at the time when the operation holding ball is digested), if the game state is scheduled to change before the specific hold is digested, this specification It is configured so as to ignore the information on the prior determination result related to the hold. Here, “the game state is scheduled to change” means that the game state may change before and after the execution of the special game (the special game when the preceding operation holding ball is a big hit). For example, as a result of the digestion of the preceding operation holding ball in the special symbol probable state, the game state is usually a big hit, and after the special game is finished and before the subsequent operation holding ball is digested, This is the case when switching to the normal state is planned. However, the present invention is not limited to this, and the case where the special symbol is changed from the probable change state to the special symbol time-short state, the case where the special symbol is changed from the short-time state to the normal state, and the like may also be included. Now, specific processing will be described below.

(On-hold consecutive villa production A determination processing: fourth embodiment)
Next, the on-hold consecutive resort production A determination process (S737) in the fourth embodiment will be described. FIG. 63 is a flowchart showing details of the on-hold consecutive resort effect A determination process (S737) in the fourth embodiment.

  Here, the difference from the first embodiment described above is the processing of S771, and when the gaming state is scheduled to change, the advance determination information is present regardless of whether or not the advance determination information related to the specific hold exists. The decision information is ignored. In FIG. 63, the processes in S761 to S770 are the same as those in the first embodiment, and therefore, the process in S771 which is a difference will be mainly described.

  First, when the pre-determined information of the operation reservation ball of the second special symbol is stored in the pre-read information storage area of the sub-main information storage means 260 (S763: YES), before the operation reservation ball is digested It is determined whether or not the current gaming state is scheduled to change (S771). Whether or not the game state is scheduled to change may be managed individually on the side of the effect control board 200 based on the information of the effect control command from the main control board 100, or a prior determination command. It may be determined based on the information of the prior determination command by adding information (detailed description below) relating to the gaming state to. If the gaming state is not scheduled to change (S771: NO), then, if there is a specific hold (16R big hit) (S764, 765), whether or not to execute the on-hold extended resort effect A will be selected by lottery. (S 766), and selects a casserole effect pattern for determining the contents of the on-hold villa effect A (S 768), and temporarily stores it in the villa effect pattern storage area of the sub-main information storage means 260. After storing (S769), the on-hold consecutive resort effect flag in the sub-main information storage means 260 is turned on (S770), and this process is terminated.

  On the other hand, if the gaming state is scheduled to change (S771: YES), the process ends by ignoring the pre-determined information related to the operation hold ball regardless of whether or not the specific hold exists. . In this example, the game state is scheduled to change. (1) When a specific game state (probability change state) is a normal big hit, (2) Probability change big hit and specific hold (probability change) It is assumed that there is a specific hold that is a big hit, but there is a specific hold that is usually a big hit before the specific hold. However, in the pre-reading notice effect such as a mere change in hold, not only in the on-hold consecutive resort effect, a change in the gaming state may be scheduled, for example, when the ST period ends with the passage of a predetermined number of fluctuations.

(On-hold consecutive villa production B determination processing: fourth embodiment)
Next, the on-hold consecutive villa effect B determination process (S843) in the fourth embodiment will be described. FIG. 64 is a flowchart showing details of the on-hold consecutive resort effect B determination process (S843) in the fourth embodiment.

  Here, the difference from the first embodiment described above is the processing of S875, and when the game state is scheduled to change, regardless of whether or not the prior determination information related to the specific hold exists, The point is that the pre-determination information is ignored. In FIG. 64, the processes in S851 to S870 are the same as those in the first embodiment, and therefore, the process in S875, which is a difference, will be mainly described.

First, when the pre-determined information of the operation reservation ball of the second special symbol is stored in the pre-read information storage area of the sub main information storage means 260 (S853: YES), before the operation reservation ball is digested It is determined whether or not the current gaming state is scheduled to change (S875). If the gaming state is not scheduled to change (S875: NO), it is determined by lottery whether or not to execute the on-hold extended resort production B (S856 and S857). Is selected (S861), and is temporarily stored in the extended zone effect pattern storage area of the sub-main information storage unit 260 (S868), and then the sub-main information storage unit 260 is selected. Is turned on (S870), and the process ends.

  On the other hand, if the game state is scheduled to change (S875: YES), the process ends by ignoring the prior determination information related to the operation hold ball regardless of whether or not the specific hold exists. .

  As described above, according to the fourth embodiment, it is possible to prevent a notification effect that disappoints the player's expectation, such as a discrepancy between the result notified in advance by the on-hold consecutive resort effect and the actual lottery result. As a result, it is possible to improve the interest of the game.

  In addition, if the structure of the above-mentioned 4th Embodiment is a game machine which can mutually transfer multiple types of game states, such as a normal state (low probability state) and the probability variation state (high probability state) of a special symbol, for example, The present invention is not limited to the ST machine, and may be applied to a gaming machine according to the second embodiment (ball accuracy type) or the third embodiment (normal probability variation type).

[Fourth Embodiment-First Modification]
Next, a gaming machine according to a first modification of the fourth embodiment will be described. The gaming machine according to the first modification basically has the same configuration as the gaming machine of the above-described fourth embodiment, and the same reference numerals are given to parts having the same configuration below. Thus, the description is omitted, and different parts are mainly described.

  In the above-described fourth embodiment, when the gaming state is scheduled to change, the information on the prior determination result from the main control board 100 is ignored regardless of whether there is a specific hold. However, the present invention is not limited to this, and by adding information related to the gaming state to the prior determination command, even if the gaming state is scheduled to change, the effect control is performed based on the prior determination information to which the gaming state information is added. It is good also as a structure which performs pre-reading determination by the board | substrate 200 side, and performs pending | holding consecutive resort production A and B determination processing. Here, the “preliminary determination information to which information on the gaming state is added” is correct under the gaming state at the time when the action holding ball that is the target of the prefetch determination is actually digested on the production control board 200 side. The aspect is not particularly limited as long as it is information capable of specifying the prior determination result. For example, (1) Pre-determining result in the current gaming state, (2) Pre-determining result in the next gaming state, (3) Remaining continuation number (variation number) of the current gaming state, (4) The remaining number of times until the next game state is changed (number of fluctuations), (5) that the game state is scheduled to change within a predetermined number of fluctuations, (6) the hold information in the prior judgment command is actually digested Information obtained by deriving up to the gaming state at a certain scheduled time and information such as information on the scheduled gaming state, or a combination of two or more of them as appropriate is employed. Further, as described in the above-described determination table of whether or not to win, the lottery result is determined according to the gaming state (normal state / probability change state, more specifically normal state / probability change state / short time state). May be information relating to a prior determination number such that the meaning of the random number value changes or does not change.

As described above, according to the first modification example of the fourth embodiment, even if the gaming state is scheduled to change, the prior determination result is not ignored, and the change is based on the information related to the gaming state included in the prior determination result. By performing pre-reading determination under a later gaming state, it is possible to prevent a notification effect that disappoints the player's expectation, such as a discrepancy between the result notified in advance by the on-hold Rensou effect and the actual lottery result. As well as increase the chances of performing on-hold Renso production,
As a result, it is possible to improve the interest of the game.

[Fourth Embodiment-Second Modification]
Next, a gaming machine according to a second modification of the fourth embodiment will be described. The gaming machine according to the second modification basically has the same configuration as the gaming machine of the above-described fourth embodiment, and hereinafter, the same reference numerals are given to the parts having the same configuration. Thus, the description is omitted, and different parts are mainly described. In the second modification, the following configuration can be added in any of the above-described fourth embodiment and the first modification.

  In this modified example, in the on-hold consecutive game effect A determination process, when the preceding operation holding ball is a big hit, when the plurality of specific holdings are included in the subsequent operation holding ball, the first first The specific hold is treated as an active hold ball (hereinafter referred to as “target hold”) that is subject to pre-reading determination in the on-hold consecutive villa production A determination process. It is not treated as the subject hold of the villa production A determination process, but the subsequent specific determination prior determination information of the subsequent stop is ignored. Note that “ignore” includes the meaning of “received information is received but not used” and the meaning of “received information is not received”.

  Now, the operation of this modification will be described with reference to FIG. It is assumed that there are two specific reservations X1, X3 in the subsequent operation reservation balls X1, X2, X3 when the previous operation reservation ball X0 is digested. At this time, when the previous operation holding ball X0 is digested, if it is a big hit, whether or not the on-hold extended villa production A can be executed only in relation to the first specific holding X1 of the two specific holdings X1 and X3. judge. As described above, in the pre-reading determination related to the on-hold consecutive resort production A, the pre-reading determination is performed in order from the earliest one among the subsequent operation holding balls, and a plurality of specified in the subsequent operation holding balls The reason is that if there is a hold, the determination of whether or not the in-hold extended game effect can be performed is only in relation to the first specific hold. Therefore, of the two specific hold X1 and X3 existing in the subsequent operation hold ball, the subsequent specific hold X3 is not the target of the hold-in-village production A, and the prior determination information of the specific hold X3 is not used. ignore. As described above, in the present modification, the on-hold consecutive resort production A is executed based on the presence of the first specific hold when the preceding operation hold ball is digested and becomes a big hit, but there is a second specific hold. Based on this, the on-hold consecutive villa production A is not executed.

  As described above, according to the second modification of the fourth embodiment, when there are a plurality of specific holds in the subsequent operation hold balls, the in-hold extended resort effect is executed only in relation to the first specific hold. By making it possible, it is possible to prevent the target of the villas in the hold that was originally intended from fluctuating due to the presence of other specific holds (for example, specific holds that are normally expected to be big hits) In addition, satisfaction when the on-hold Renren production occurs can be enhanced, and as a result, it is possible to improve the fun of the game.

[Fourth Embodiment-Third Modification]
Next, a gaming machine according to a third modification of the fourth embodiment will be described. The gaming machine according to the second modification basically has the same configuration as the gaming machine of the above-described fourth embodiment, and hereinafter, the same reference numerals are given to the parts having the same configuration. Thus, the description is omitted, and different parts are mainly described. In the third modification, the following configuration can be added in any of the above-described fourth embodiment and the first modification.

In this modified example, in the on-hold consecutive resort effect A determination process, when the preceding operation holding ball is a big hit, the plurality of specific holdings are included in the subsequent operation holding ball. On-hold Renso production A in the relationship between the jackpot and the first specific hold, and on-hold consecutive resort production A in the relationship between the big hit relating to the first specific hold and the second specific hold can occur. When comparing both the prior specific information of the advance reservation and the advance determination information of the subsequent specific reservation based on the player's advantage, only the specific reservation on-hold resort with a relatively high advantage Is suggested or notified.

  Now, the operation of this modification will be described with reference to FIG. It is assumed that there are two specific reservations X1, X3 in the subsequent operation reservation balls X1, X2, X3 when the previous operation reservation ball X0 is digested. At this time, if the first specific hold X1 is “8R big hit” and the second specific hold X3 is “16R big hit”, the second specific hold X3 has a higher advantage than the first specific hold X1. Become. Therefore, when the preceding operation hold ball X0 is a big hit as a result of digestion, since the first specific hold X1 is a specific hold with relatively low advantage, the big hit and the first hit related to the previous operation hold ball X0 The on-hold consecutive villa production A in relation to the specific hold X1 does not occur. On the other hand, if the starting action holding ball X1 is digested and results in a big hit, the subsequent specific holding X3 is a specific holding having a relatively high advantage. The on-hold consecutive villa production A in relation to the hold X3 may occur.

  As described above, according to the third modified example of the fourth embodiment, it is possible to prevent the continuous occurrence of the high-rareness on-hold ranger production and perform only the notification of the on-hold on-hold jackpot that is truly highly advantageous. Therefore, it is possible to increase the interest in the occurrence of the on-hold Renren production, and as a result, it is possible to improve the interest of the game.

  In addition, this invention is not limited to the said embodiment and modification, If it is a range which does not deviate from the summary of this invention, it can improve suitably. In addition, the components described in the above embodiments and modified examples are appropriately combined, or some of the components described in the above described embodiments and modified examples are deleted or converted by known / conventional techniques, etc. These are also included in the scope of the present invention. Furthermore, in the above-described embodiment, the two types of on-hold consecutive villas A and B having different generation times have been described as examples. The generation of the on-hold renso production A is not sufficient, and it may be the specification that the on-hold renso is confirmed when a predetermined condition is satisfied. The specification that the villa is determined may be sufficient, or the generation of the on-hold consecutive villa production B is not sufficient, and the specification that the on-hold consecutive villa B is fixed when a predetermined condition is satisfied may be used. Moreover, in the said embodiment, even if it is the structure performed only when one or more specific reservation exists in the subsequent operation reservation ball | bowl, specific reservation in a subsequent operation reservation ball | bowl is carried out. Even if it does not exist (as a so-called gas effect), the configuration may be executed. Further, in the present invention and the above embodiment, “not executed” may include a low execution probability (occurrence frequency), and “low execution probability” includes not being executed. May be.

  In order to make the technical significance of the present invention clearer and easier to understand, the constituent features of the embodiment illustrating the present invention are listed based on the above-described embodiment. However, the configuration requirements listed below are merely examples, and the configuration requirements listed above are added to these configuration requirements as well as the combination and separation (higher level conceptualization) of these configuration requirements. May be.

The pachinko gaming machine of the aspect illustrating the present invention (1-1) is
A game board in which a game area is formed;
A starting opening provided at a predetermined position in the gaming area and allowing a game ball to enter;
Random number acquisition means for acquiring a random value triggered by a game ball entering the start opening,
Correct / incorrect determination means for executing the correct / incorrect determination based on the random number value;
A special game execution means capable of shifting to a special game advantageous to the player when the result of the determination is a big hit;
When a random number value is acquired by the random number acquisition means, a hold storage means for storing the acquired random number value as hold information until the determination of acceptance / rejection is permitted;
A symbol display device on which a symbol indicating the result of the determination of validity is displayed in a variable manner and stopped;
Fluctuation mode determining means for determining a variation mode of the symbol according to the result of the success / failure determination;
In the symbol display device, symbol display control means for changing and stopping the symbol display,
An effect display device on which an effect suggesting the result of the determination is displayed;
Production determining means for determining production content to be displayed on the production display device;
A pre-determination means for performing a predetermined pre-determination on hold information that is not permitted to be determined;
In a situation where the result of the success / failure determination based on the random number value related to certain advance hold information is a big hit, the advance special game related to the random number value after the determination of the success / failure related to the random number value is permitted based on the prior determination information A look-ahead notice that determines whether or not to execute the in-hold extended villa effect that suggests or notifies the possibility that the specific hold information is included in one or more subsequent hold information existing at a predetermined timing within the specific period until the end Control means,
The on-hold consecutive resort production is executed during the preceding special game and the first on-hold consecutive resort production displayed in the variable display process from the start to the stop of the variable display of the symbol related to the certain advance reservation information. And a second rendezvous in the rendezvous area displayed in the process of displaying the special game effect.
In the situation where a plurality of the subsequent hold information is put on hold, the first hold-in-village production can notify the possibility that one specific hold information is included, while in the second hold information It is a pachinko gaming machine characterized in that it is possible to notify the possibility that not only one specific hold information but also a plurality of specific hold information is included in the Renso production.

The pachinko gaming machine of the aspect exemplifying the present invention (1-2)
A game board in which a game area is formed;
A starting opening provided at a predetermined position in the gaming area and allowing a game ball to enter;
Random number acquisition means for acquiring a random number triggered by a game ball entering the start opening;
When a random number is acquired by the random number acquisition unit, a storage unit for storing the acquired random number as a storage information to a predetermined upper limit number until a preset start condition is satisfied;
A go / no-go determination means for executing the go / no-go determination based on a random number related to the hold information when the hold information start condition is satisfied;
A symbol display device on which a symbol indicating the result of the determination of validity is displayed in a variable manner and stopped;
Fluctuation mode determining means for determining a variation mode of the symbol according to the result of the success / failure determination;
In the symbol display device, symbol display control means for displaying and stopping the symbol in the variation mode,
Special game execution means capable of shifting to a special game that is more advantageous to the player than usual when the result of the determination of success or failure corresponds to a big hit;
An effect display device on which an effect suggesting the result of the determination is displayed;
Production determining means for determining production content to be displayed on the production display device;
Prior decision information, which is information related to a random number, based on a random number related to the hold information before a start condition for the hold information is established when certain hold information is generated in the hold storage unit Pre-determining means for acquiring
When the result of the success / failure determination corresponds to a jackpot, based on the prior determination information, in one or a plurality of hold information existing at a predetermined timing after the determination of the success / failure is executed until the special game ends. A pre-reading notice control means for determining whether or not to execute the on-hold consecutive resort production that notifies the possibility that the specific holding information scheduled to be a big hit is included,
The on-hold consecutive resort production includes the first on-hold consecutive resort production displayed in the variable display process from the start to the stop of the symbol variable display, and the special game effect display displayed during the special game. Including a second on-hold rendezvous production displayed in the process,
In the first on-hold consecutive resort production, it is possible to notify the possibility that the specific storage information is included in the on-hold storage device, while in the second on-hold consecutive resort production, It is a pachinko gaming machine characterized by being able to notify not only one specific hold but also a possibility that a plurality of specific hold information is included.

The pachinko gaming machine of the aspect exemplifying the present invention (2-1)
A game board in which a game area is formed;
A starting opening provided at a predetermined position in the gaming area and allowing a game ball to enter;
Random number acquisition means for acquiring a random value triggered by a game ball entering the start opening,
Correct / incorrect determination means for executing the correct / incorrect determination based on the random number value;
A special game execution means capable of shifting to a special game advantageous to the player when the result of the determination is a big hit;
When a random number value is acquired by the random number acquisition means, a hold storage means for storing the acquired random number value as a hold information up to a predetermined upper limit number until the determination is permitted;
A symbol display device on which a symbol indicating the result of the determination of validity is displayed in a variable manner and stopped;
Fluctuation mode determining means for determining a variation mode of the symbol according to the result of the success / failure determination;
In the symbol display device, symbol display control means for changing and stopping the symbol display,
An effect display device on which an effect suggesting the result of the determination is displayed;
Production determining means for determining production content to be displayed on the production display device;
A pre-determination means for performing a predetermined pre-determination on hold information that is not permitted to be determined;
In a situation where the result of the success / failure determination based on the random number value related to certain advance hold information is a big hit, the advance special game related to the random number value after the determination of the success / failure related to the random number value is permitted based on the prior determination information A look-ahead notice that determines whether or not to execute the in-hold extended villa effect that suggests or notifies the possibility that the specific hold information is included in one or more subsequent hold information existing at a predetermined timing within the specific period until the end Control means,
The variation mode determining means refers to a limitation table that is referred to by a limited period defined by the number of times the symbol is displayed after the end of the special game as a lottery table for determining the variation mode and other periods. And at least a normal table
The limited period is set in a range in which the number of display variations of the design does not exceed the upper limit number,
In the case where the on-hold renso production displayed in the special display display process of the special game effect that is executed during the preceding special game is executed, the identification that is indicated or notified by the on-hold renso production In the specific symbol variation display process in the specific symbol variation display related to the hold information, it is possible to display a specific effect that cannot be displayed outside the limited period, and the variation time value in the specific symbol variation display is outside the limited period. A pachinko gaming machine characterized by being relatively shorter than a variation time value in a symbol variation display related to special game transition.

The pachinko gaming machine of the aspect exemplifying the present invention (2-2)
A game board in which a game area is formed;
A starting opening provided at a predetermined position in the gaming area and allowing a game ball to enter;
Random number acquisition means for acquiring a random number triggered by a game ball entering the start opening;
When a random number is acquired by the random number acquisition unit, a storage unit for storing the acquired random number as a storage information to a predetermined upper limit number until a preset start condition is satisfied;
A go / no-go determination means for executing the go / no-go determination based on a random number related to the hold information when the hold information start condition is satisfied;
A symbol display device on which a symbol indicating the result of the determination of validity is displayed in a variable manner and stopped;
Fluctuation mode determining means for determining a variation mode of the symbol according to the result of the success / failure determination;
In the symbol display device, symbol display control means for displaying and stopping the symbol in the variation mode,
Special game execution means capable of shifting to a special game that is more advantageous to the player than usual when the result of the determination of success or failure corresponds to a big hit;
An effect display device on which an effect suggesting the result of the determination is displayed;
Production determining means for determining production content to be displayed on the production display device;
Prior decision information, which is information related to a random number, based on a random number related to the hold information before a start condition for the hold information is established when certain hold information is generated in the hold storage unit Pre-determining means for acquiring
When the result of the success / failure determination corresponds to a jackpot, based on the prior determination information, in one or a plurality of hold information existing at a predetermined timing after the determination of the success / failure is executed until the special game ends. A pre-reading notice control means for determining whether or not to execute the on-hold consecutive resort production that notifies the possibility that the specific holding information scheduled to be a big hit is included,
The variation mode determining means refers to a limitation table that is referred to by a limited period defined by the number of times the symbol is displayed after the end of the special game as a lottery table for determining the variation mode and other periods. Usually with a table and
The limited period is set in a range in which the number of display variations of the design does not exceed the upper limit number,
A limited period after the special game based on the jackpot is over when the result of the determination of success or failure corresponds to a jackpot, and the rendezvous in the reservation is executed in the process of displaying the variation of the symbol based on the jackpot The pachinko gaming machine is characterized in that it is prohibited to execute the on-hold consecutive resort production within the symbol variation display process.

The pachinko gaming machine of the embodiment illustrating the present invention (2-3)
A game board in which a game area is formed;
A starting opening provided at a predetermined position in the gaming area and allowing a game ball to enter;
Random number acquisition means for acquiring a random value triggered by a game ball entering the start opening,
Correct / incorrect determination means for executing the correct / incorrect determination based on the random number value;
A special game execution means capable of shifting to a special game advantageous to the player when the result of the determination is a big hit;
When a random number value is acquired by the random number acquisition means, a hold storage means for storing the acquired random number value as a hold information up to a predetermined upper limit number until the determination is permitted;
A symbol display device on which a symbol indicating the result of the determination of validity is displayed in a variable manner and stopped;
Fluctuation mode determining means for determining a variation mode of the symbol according to the result of the success / failure determination;
In the symbol display device, symbol display control means for changing and stopping the symbol display,
An effect display device on which an effect suggesting the result of the determination is displayed;
Production determining means for determining production content to be displayed on the production display device;
A pre-determination means for performing a predetermined pre-determination on hold information that is not permitted to be determined;
In a situation where the result of the success / failure determination based on the random number value related to certain advance hold information is a big hit, the advance special game related to the random number value after the determination of the success / failure related to the random number value is permitted based on the prior determination information A look-ahead notice that determines whether or not to execute the in-hold extended villa effect that suggests or notifies the possibility that the specific hold information is included in one or more subsequent hold information existing at a predetermined timing within the specific period until the end Control means,
The variation mode determining means refers to a limitation table that is referred to by a limited period defined by the number of times the symbol is displayed after the end of the special game as a lottery table for determining the variation mode and other periods. And at least a normal table
The limited period is set in a range in which the number of display variations of the design does not exceed the upper limit number,
In the case where the on-hold extended rens production displayed in the variable display process from the start to the stop of the variable display of the symbol related to the certain preceding on-hold information is executed, the above-mentioned implied in the on-hold extended rens production In the symbol variation display process related to the subsequent special game within the limited period, even if the specific hold information exists within the limited period after the subsequent special game ends, the on-hold extended game effect is not executed or executed. It is a pachinko machine characterized by lowering the probability.

The pachinko gaming machine of the aspect illustrating the present invention (3-1)
A game board in which a game area is formed;
A starting opening provided at a predetermined position in the gaming area and allowing a game ball to enter;
Random number acquisition means for acquiring a random value triggered by a game ball entering the start opening,
Correct / incorrect determination means for executing the correct / incorrect determination based on the random number value;
When a random number value is acquired by the random number acquisition means, a hold storage means for storing the acquired random number value as hold information until the determination of acceptance / rejection is permitted;
A symbol display device on which a symbol indicating the result of the determination of validity is displayed in a variable manner and stopped;
Fluctuation mode determining means for determining a variation mode of the symbol according to the result of the success / failure determination;
In the symbol display device, symbol display control means for changing and stopping the symbol display,
An effect display device on which an effect suggesting the result of the determination is displayed;
Production determining means for determining production content to be displayed on the production display device;
A grand prize opening that is opened according to the result of the winning / failing lottery,
Special game execution means capable of executing a special game that repeats a unit game with the opening of the big prize opening a predetermined number of times when the result of the determination of success or failure corresponds to a big hit;
After the end of the special game, depending on whether or not a game ball that has entered the big prize opening in at least one specific unit game of the predetermined number of unit games has passed a specific area in the big prize opening Specific game transition means for deciding whether or not to shift to a specific game state in which the possibility of winning a jackpot in the determination of whether or not to shift is higher than the normal state;
A pre-determination means for performing a predetermined pre-determination on hold information that is not permitted to be determined;
In a situation where the result of the success / failure determination based on the random number value related to certain advance hold information is a big hit, the advance special game related to the random number value after the determination of the success / failure related to the random number value is permitted based on the prior determination information A look-ahead notice that determines whether or not to execute the in-hold extended villa effect that suggests or notifies the possibility that the specific hold information is included in one or more subsequent hold information existing at a predetermined timing within the specific period until the end Control means,
At least one of the one or a plurality of the subsequent hold information is specific hold information is a hold-in-rensou production execution condition that enables execution of the on-hold-in-rensou production in the preceding special game,
Even under the situation where the on-hold consecutive resort production execution condition is satisfied, if the game ball that has entered the big winning opening in the specific unit game does not pass the specific area in the big winning opening, the holding Suppose that you can't perform the Urenrenso production,
The pachinko gaming machine characterized in that the on-hold consecutive resort effect can be executed during execution of the specific unit game in the effect display process of the special game effect or at the timing of the specific unit game transition.

The pachinko gaming machine of the aspect illustrating the present invention (3-2)
A game board in which a game area is formed;
A starting opening provided at a predetermined position in the gaming area and allowing a game ball to enter;
Random number acquisition means for acquiring a random number triggered by a game ball entering the start opening;
When a random number is acquired by the random number acquisition unit, a storage unit for storing the acquired random number as a storage information to a predetermined upper limit number until a preset start condition is satisfied;
A go / no-go determination means for executing the go / no-go determination based on a random number related to the hold information when the hold information start condition is satisfied;
A symbol display device on which a symbol indicating the result of the determination of validity is displayed in a variable manner and stopped;
Fluctuation mode determining means for determining a variation mode of the symbol according to the result of the success / failure determination;
In the symbol display device, symbol display control means for displaying and stopping the symbol in the variation mode,
An effect display device on which an effect suggesting the result of the determination is displayed;
Production determining means for determining production content to be displayed on the production display device;
A grand prize opening that is opened according to the result of the winning / failing lottery,
Special game execution means capable of executing a special game that repeats a unit game with the opening of the big prize opening a predetermined number of times when the result of the determination of success or failure corresponds to a big hit;
After the end of the special game, depending on whether or not a game ball that has entered the big prize opening in at least one specific unit game of the predetermined number of unit games has passed a specific area in the big prize opening Specific game transition means for deciding whether or not to shift to a specific game state in which the possibility of winning a jackpot in the determination of whether or not to shift is higher than the normal state;
Prior decision information, which is information related to a random number, based on a random number related to the hold information before a start condition for the hold information is established when certain hold information is generated in the hold storage unit Pre-determining means for acquiring
When the result of the success / failure determination corresponds to a jackpot, based on the prior determination information, in one or a plurality of hold information existing at a predetermined timing after the determination of the success / failure is executed until the special game ends. A pre-reading notice control means for determining whether or not to execute the on-hold consecutive resort production that notifies the possibility that the specific holding information scheduled to be a big hit is included,
The pre-reading notice control means performs the on-hold consecutive resort effect depending on whether or not a game ball that has entered the big prize opening in the specific unit game has passed a specific area in the big prize opening. It is determined whether or not to execute, and the pachinko gaming machine is characterized in that the on-hold consecutive resort effect can be executed only at a timing after the specific unit game in the effect display process of the special game effect.

The pachinko gaming machine of the aspect exemplifying the present invention (4-1)
A game board in which a game area is formed;
A starting opening provided at a predetermined position in the gaming area and allowing a game ball to enter;
Random number acquisition means for acquiring a random value triggered by a game ball entering the start opening,
Correct / incorrect determination means for executing the correct / incorrect determination based on the random number value;
A special game execution means capable of shifting to a special game advantageous to the player when the result of the determination is a big hit;
When a random number value is acquired by the random number acquisition means, a hold storage means for storing the acquired random number value as hold information until the determination of acceptance / rejection is permitted;
A symbol display device on which a symbol indicating the result of the determination of validity is displayed in a variable manner and stopped;
Fluctuation mode determining means for determining a variation mode of the symbol according to the result of the success / failure determination;
In the symbol display device, symbol display control means for changing and stopping the symbol display,
An effect display device on which an effect suggesting the result of the determination is displayed;
Production determining means for determining production content to be displayed on the production display device;
Specific game transition means for shifting to a specific game state in which the ease of winning a big hit in the determination of success or failure after the end of the special game is more advantageous than the normal state;
Effect mode determining means for determining an effect mode in which an effect mode displayed on the effect display device is determined according to a gaming state;
A pre-determination means for performing a predetermined pre-determination on hold information that is not permitted to be determined;
In a situation where the result of the success / failure determination based on the random number value related to certain advance hold information is a big hit, the advance special game related to the random number value after the determination of the success / failure related to the random number value is permitted based on the prior determination information A look-ahead notice that determines whether or not to execute the in-hold extended villa effect that suggests or notifies the possibility that the specific hold information is included in one or more subsequent hold information existing at a predetermined timing within the specific period until the end Control means,
The on-hold consecutive resort production is displayed in the production display process of the special game production executed during the preceding special game,
The effect mode determining means can determine either the first effect mode or the second effect mode as an effect mode in which an effect mode in the specific gaming state is determined,
At least one of the one or a plurality of the subsequent hold information is specific hold information is a hold-in-rensou production execution condition that enables execution of the on-hold-in-rensou production in the preceding special game,
Even if the on-hold consecutive resort production execution condition is satisfied, if the preceding special game is a special special game that triggers the transition from the first production mode to the second production mode, Compared to the case where the special game is not the special special game, the pachinko gaming machine is characterized in that the frequency of occurrence of the on-hold consecutive villa production is low.

The pachinko gaming machine of the aspect exemplifying the present invention (4-2)
A game board in which a game area is formed;
A starting opening provided at a predetermined position in the gaming area and allowing a game ball to enter;
Random number acquisition means for acquiring a random number triggered by a game ball entering the start opening;
When a random number is acquired by the random number acquisition unit, a storage unit for storing the acquired random number as a storage information to a predetermined upper limit number until a preset start condition is satisfied;
A go / no-go determination means for executing the go / no-go determination based on a random number related to the hold information when the hold information start condition is satisfied;
A symbol display device on which a symbol indicating the result of the determination of validity is displayed in a variable manner and stopped;
Fluctuation mode determining means for determining a variation mode of the symbol according to the result of the success / failure determination;
In the symbol display device, symbol display control means for displaying and stopping the symbol in the variation mode,
Special game execution means capable of shifting to a special game that is more advantageous to the player than usual when the result of the determination of success or failure corresponds to a big hit;
An effect display device on which an effect suggesting the result of the determination is displayed;
Production determining means for determining production content to be displayed on the production display device;
When the result of the winning / losing lottery corresponds to a jackpot of a specific type among a plurality of types of jackpots, a special gaming state in which the ease of winning the jackpot in the judgment of the winning / losing after the end of the special game is more advantageous than the normal state. Specific game transfer means to be transferred,
Effect mode determining means for determining an effect mode in which an effect mode displayed on the effect display device is determined according to a gaming state;
Prior decision information, which is information related to a random number, based on a random number related to the hold information before a start condition for the hold information is established when certain hold information is generated in the hold storage unit Pre-determining means for acquiring
When the result of the success / failure determination corresponds to a jackpot, based on the prior determination information, in one or a plurality of hold information existing at a predetermined timing after the determination of the success / failure is executed until the special game ends. A pre-reading notice control means for determining whether or not to execute the on-hold consecutive resort production that notifies the possibility that the specific holding information scheduled to be a big hit is included,
The on-hold consecutive resort production includes the first on-hold consecutive resort production displayed in the variable display process from the start to the stop of the symbol variable display, and the special game effect display displayed during the special game. Including a second on-hold rendezvous production displayed in the process,
The effect mode determining means selectively determines the first effect mode and the second effect mode as the effect mode in which the effect mode in the specific gaming state is determined,
The frequency of occurrence of the first on-hold consecutive villa effect differs between when staying in the first effect mode and when staying in the second effect mode. The pachinko gaming machine is characterized in that the display mode of the villa effect is different between when staying in the first effect mode and when staying in the second effect mode.

The pachinko gaming machine of the aspect illustrating the present invention (5-1)
A game board in which a game area is formed;
A starting opening provided at a predetermined position in the gaming area and allowing a game ball to enter;
Random number acquisition means for acquiring a random value triggered by a game ball entering the start opening,
Correct / incorrect determination means for executing the correct / incorrect determination based on the random number value;
A special game execution means capable of shifting to a special game advantageous to the player when the result of the determination is a big hit;
When a random number value is acquired by the random number acquisition means, a hold storage means for storing the acquired random number value as hold information until the determination of acceptance / rejection is permitted;
A symbol display device on which a symbol indicating the result of the determination of validity is displayed in a variable manner and stopped;
Fluctuation mode determining means for determining a variation mode of the symbol according to the result of the success / failure determination;
In the symbol display device, symbol display control means for changing and stopping the symbol display,
An effect display device on which an effect suggesting the result of the determination is displayed;
Production determining means for determining production content to be displayed on the production display device;
Specific game transition means for shifting to a specific game state in which the ease of winning a big hit in the determination of success or failure after the end of the special game is more advantageous than the normal state;
A pre-determination means for performing a predetermined pre-determination on hold information that is not permitted to be determined;
In a situation where the result of the success / failure determination based on the random number value related to certain advance hold information is a big hit, the advance special game related to the random number value after the determination of the success / failure related to the random number value is permitted based on the prior determination information A look-ahead notice that determines whether or not to execute the in-hold extended villa effect that suggests or notifies the possibility that the specific hold information is included in one or more subsequent hold information existing at a predetermined timing within the specific period until the end Control means,
The on-hold consecutive resort production is displayed in the production display process of the special game production executed during the preceding special game,
A special game is executed when a special game is executed when the result of the determination of success / failure corresponds to a big hit during the specific game state, and a predetermined condition is satisfied with respect to the extended game state that becomes the specific game state again after the special game ends. It is configured so that a special effect can be executed in the effect display process of the effect,
At least one of the one or a plurality of the subsequent hold information is specific hold information is a hold-in-rensou production execution condition that enables execution of the on-hold-in-rensou production in the preceding special game,
Even in a situation where the on-hold consecutive resort production execution condition is satisfied, if the special presentation is being executed in the special display display process of the special game presentation in the preceding special game, the on-hold consecutive resort production is Not run,
When the on-hold extended rens production displayed in the special display display process of the special game effects executed during the preceding special game is executed, the specific on-hold information indicated or informed of the presence in the on-hold consecutive villas production In the effect display process of the special game effect related to the special game, which is executed based on the determination result of the random number value related to the win, the special effect is executed even if the predetermined condition is satisfied It is a pachinko game machine, characterized by not.

The pachinko gaming machine of the aspect exemplifying the present invention (5-2)
A game board in which a game area is formed;
A starting opening provided at a predetermined position in the gaming area and allowing a game ball to enter;
Random number acquisition means for acquiring a random number triggered by a game ball entering the start opening;
When a random number is acquired by the random number acquisition unit, a storage unit for storing the acquired random number as a storage information to a predetermined upper limit number until a preset start condition is satisfied;
A go / no-go determination means for executing the go / no-go determination based on a random number related to the hold information when the hold information start condition is satisfied;
A symbol display device on which a symbol indicating the result of the determination of validity is displayed in a variable manner and stopped;
Fluctuation mode determining means for determining a variation mode of the symbol according to the result of the success / failure determination;
In the symbol display device, symbol display control means for displaying and stopping the symbol in the variation mode,
Special game execution means capable of shifting to a special game that is more advantageous to the player than usual when the result of the determination of success or failure corresponds to a big hit;
An effect display device on which an effect suggesting the result of the determination is displayed;
Production determining means for determining production content to be displayed on the production display device;
Prior decision information, which is information related to a random number, based on a random number related to the hold information before a start condition for the hold information is established when certain hold information is generated in the hold storage unit Pre-determining means for acquiring
When the result of the success / failure determination corresponds to a jackpot, based on the prior determination information, in one or a plurality of hold information existing at a predetermined timing after the determination of the success / failure is executed until the special game ends. A pre-reading notice control means for determining whether or not to execute the on-hold consecutive resort production that notifies the possibility that the specific holding information scheduled to be a big hit is included,
When the special game is executed when the result of the determination of success / failure corresponds to a big hit during the specific game state, and the number of consecutive resorts that enter the specific game state again after the end of the special game continues for a predetermined number of times. In addition, special effects are executed from the change display of symbols to special games,
The on-hold consecutive villa production and the special production are not executed in duplicate in time,
The result of whether or not the specific hold information is determined to be true by the establishment of the start condition when notifying the possibility that the specific hold information corresponding to the jackpot is included in one or a plurality of hold information in the on-hold consecutive resort production When the number of consecutive resorts reaches the specified number due to hitting the jackpot, the special effect cannot be executed. This is a pachinko gaming machine.

The pachinko gaming machine of the aspect illustrating the present invention (6-1) is
A game board in which a game area is formed;
A starting opening provided at a predetermined position in the gaming area and allowing a game ball to enter;
Random number acquisition means for acquiring a random value triggered by a game ball entering the start opening,
Correct / incorrect determination means for executing the correct / incorrect determination based on the random number value;
A special game execution means capable of shifting to a special game advantageous to the player when the result of the determination is a big hit;
When a random number value is acquired by the random number acquisition means, a hold storage means for storing the acquired random number value as hold information until the determination of acceptance / rejection is permitted;
A symbol display device on which a symbol indicating the result of the determination of validity is displayed in a variable manner and stopped;
Fluctuation mode determining means for determining a variation mode of the symbol according to the result of the success / failure determination;
In the symbol display device, symbol display control means for changing and stopping the symbol display,
An effect display device on which an effect suggesting the result of the determination is displayed;
Production determining means for determining production content to be displayed on the production display device;
A pre-determination means for performing a predetermined pre-determination on hold information that is not permitted to be determined;
In a situation where the result of the success / failure determination based on the random number value related to certain advance hold information is a big hit, the advance special game related to the random number value after the determination of the success / failure related to the random number value is permitted based on the prior determination information A look-ahead notice that determines whether or not to execute the in-hold extended villa effect that suggests or notifies the possibility that the specific hold information is included in one or more subsequent hold information existing at a predetermined timing within the specific period until the end Control means,
The types of jackpots include at least a first jackpot that is set to be less advantageous to the player and a second jackpot that is set to be higher than the first jackpot,
The on-hold consecutive resort effect displayed in the effect display process of the special game effect executed during the preceding special game is not executed, and a disorder related to certain subsequent hold information among the one or more subsequent hold information In the situation where only the success / failure determination result for the numerical value is a big hit, the determination result for the random value related to the certain subsequent hold information is a case where the second big hit is more than the first big hit. Pachinko machines, characterized by a lot of

The pachinko gaming machine of the embodiment illustrating the present invention (6-2)
A game board in which a game area is formed;
A starting opening provided at a predetermined position in the gaming area and allowing a game ball to enter;
Random number acquisition means for acquiring a random number triggered by a game ball entering the start opening;
When a random number is acquired by the random number acquisition unit, a storage unit for storing the acquired random number as a storage information to a predetermined upper limit number until a preset start condition is satisfied;
A go / no-go determination means for executing the go / no-go determination based on a random number related to the hold information when the hold information start condition is satisfied;
A symbol display device on which a symbol indicating the result of the determination of validity is displayed in a variable manner and stopped;
Fluctuation mode determining means for determining a variation mode of the symbol according to the result of the success / failure determination;
In the symbol display device, symbol display control means for displaying and stopping the symbol in the variation mode,
Special game execution means capable of shifting to a special game that is more advantageous to the player than usual when the result of the determination of success or failure corresponds to a big hit;
An effect display device on which an effect suggesting the result of the determination is displayed;
Production determining means for determining production content to be displayed on the production display device;
Prior decision information, which is information related to a random number, based on a random number related to the hold information before a start condition for the hold information is established when certain hold information is generated in the hold storage unit Pre-determining means for acquiring
When the result of the success / failure determination corresponds to a jackpot, based on the prior determination information, in one or a plurality of hold information existing at a predetermined timing after the determination of the success / failure is executed until the special game ends. A pre-reading notice control means for determining whether or not to execute the on-hold consecutive resort production that notifies the possibility that the specific holding information scheduled to be a big hit is included,
The jackpot type includes at least a first jackpot set with a high advantage for the player and a second jackpot with the advantage set lower than the first jackpot,
If the on-hold consecutive resort effect does not occur in the special game effect display process executed during the special game, any of the multiple hold information is started after the special game is finished. When the winning / failing determination is made when the condition is met and the symbol indicating the result of the winning / failing determination is variably displayed, a high expectation effect is executed that suggests that the expectation of transition to the special game is high in the variation display process of the symbol. If this is the case, it is a pachinko gaming machine characterized in that the probability of winning the first jackpot or the probability of being off is set higher than the probability of winning the second jackpot .

The pachinko gaming machine of the aspect exemplifying the present invention (7-1)
A game board in which a game area is formed;
A starting opening provided at a predetermined position in the gaming area and allowing a game ball to enter;
Random number acquisition means for acquiring a random value triggered by a game ball entering the start opening,
Correct / incorrect determination means for executing the correct / incorrect determination based on the random number value;
A special game execution means capable of shifting to a special game advantageous to the player when the result of the determination is a big hit;
When a random number value is acquired by the random number acquisition means, a hold storage means for storing the acquired random number value as hold information until the determination of acceptance / rejection is permitted;
A symbol display device on which a symbol indicating the result of the determination of validity is displayed in a variable manner and stopped;
Fluctuation mode determining means for determining a variation mode of the symbol according to the result of the success / failure determination;
In the symbol display device, symbol display control means for changing and stopping the symbol display,
An effect display device on which an effect suggesting the result of the determination is displayed;
Production determining means for determining production content to be displayed on the production display device;
A pre-determination means for performing a predetermined pre-determination on hold information that is not permitted to be determined;
In a situation where the result of the success / failure determination based on the random number value related to certain advance hold information is a big hit, the advance special game related to the random number value after the determination of the success / failure related to the random number value is permitted based on the prior determination information A look-ahead notice that determines whether or not to execute the in-hold extended villa effect that suggests or notifies the possibility that the specific hold information is included in one or more subsequent hold information existing at a predetermined timing within the specific period until the end Control means,
The prefetch notice control means determines whether or not the gaming state is scheduled to change before the determination of whether or not the holding information stored in the holding storage means is permitted, and the gaming state is scheduled to change. If it is determined that there is at least one of the prior determination information from the prior determination means, ignore the prior determination information related to the hold information that is scheduled to be digested after the change,
At least one of the one or a plurality of the subsequent hold information is specific hold information is a hold-in-rensou production execution condition that enables execution of the on-hold-in-rensou production in the preceding special game,
In a situation where a plurality of the subsequent hold information is held, and the two or more subsequent hold information among the plurality of the subsequent hold information is the specific hold information, A pachinko gaming machine characterized in that, in the determination of whether or not to perform a villa effect, specific hold information other than the first specific hold information among the two or more specific hold information is ignored.

The pachinko gaming machine of the aspect illustrating the present invention (7-2) is
A game board in which a game area is formed;
A starting opening provided at a predetermined position in the gaming area and allowing a game ball to enter;
Random number acquisition means for acquiring a random number triggered by a game ball entering the start opening;
When a random number is acquired by the random number acquisition unit, a storage unit for storing the acquired random number as a storage information to a predetermined upper limit number until a preset start condition is satisfied;
A go / no-go determination means for executing the go / no-go determination based on a random number related to the hold information when the hold information start condition is satisfied;
A symbol display device on which a symbol indicating the result of the determination of validity is displayed in a variable manner and stopped;
Fluctuation mode determining means for determining a variation mode of the symbol according to the result of the success / failure determination;
In the symbol display device, symbol display control means for displaying and stopping the symbol in the variation mode,
Special game execution means capable of shifting to a special game that is more advantageous to the player than usual when the result of the determination of success or failure corresponds to a big hit;
An effect display device on which an effect suggesting the result of the determination is displayed;
Production determining means for determining production content to be displayed on the production display device;
Prior decision information, which is information related to a random number, based on a random number related to the hold information before a start condition for the hold information is established when certain hold information is generated in the hold storage unit Pre-determining means for acquiring
When the result of the success / failure determination corresponds to a jackpot, based on the prior determination information, in one or a plurality of hold information existing at a predetermined timing after the determination of the success / failure is executed until the special game ends. A pre-reading notice control means for determining whether or not to execute the on-hold consecutive resort production that notifies the possibility that the specific holding information scheduled to be a big hit is included,
The prefetch notice control unit determines whether or not the gaming state is scheduled to change before the start condition of the holding information stored in the holding storage unit is satisfied, and the gaming state is scheduled to change. If determined, ignoring the preliminary determination information related to the hold information that is scheduled to be digested at least after the change of the preliminary determination information from the preliminary determination means,
When the result of the success / failure determination corresponds to a big hit, based on the prior determination information, a big hit is found in a plurality of hold information existing at a predetermined timing from the execution of the success / failure determination to the end of the special game. When a plurality of specific hold information scheduled to be included is included, in determining whether or not to execute the on-hold consecutive resort production, among the plurality of specific hold information, specific hold information other than the earliest specific hold information It is a pachinko game machine characterized by ignoring.

PM Pachinko machine (game machine)
PA game area 1 outer frame 2 front frame 5 glass frame 20 game board 61 first start port 62 second start port 64 first big prize port 65 second big prize port 70 effect display device (symbol display device)
71 1st special symbol display device (symbol display device)
72 2nd special symbol display device (symbol display device)
100 Main control board 135 Predetermining means 141 Special symbol success / failure judging means (presence / absence judging means)
143 Special symbol variation pattern determination means (variation mode determination means)
156 Special symbol display control means (symbol display control means)
160 Electric character control means (special game execution means)
165 Game state control means (specific game transition means)
200 Production control board 220 Production control means (production determination means)
223 Prefetch notice control means 225 Fluctuation effect determination means (fluctuation mode determination means)
300 Image control board (design display control means)

Claims (1)

A game board in which a game area is formed;
A first start port provided at a predetermined position in the game area and into which a game ball can enter;
A second start opening provided at a position different from the first start opening of the game area, wherein the game ball changes into an open state in which entry is easy and a close state in which entry is difficult;
First random number acquisition means for acquiring a random value triggered by a game ball entering the first start port;
Second random number acquisition means for acquiring a random number value when a game ball enters the second start port;
First success / failure determination means for performing determination of success / failure based on the random number value acquired by the first random number acquisition means;
Second success / failure determination means for executing the determination of success / failure based on the random number value acquired by the second random number acquisition means;
Special game execution means capable of shifting to a special game advantageous to the player when the result of the success / failure determination by the first success / failure determination means or the result of the success / failure determination by the second success / failure determination means is a big hit;
Specific game execution means capable of shifting to the easy-to-enter state where the ease of entering the game ball into the second starting port is enhanced after the end of the special game;
A first hold storage means for storing the obtained random number value as hold information up to a predetermined upper limit number until a first success / failure determination permission condition is satisfied when a random number value is obtained by the first random number obtaining means; ,
A second on-hold storage unit for storing the acquired random number value as on-hold information up to a predetermined upper limit number until a second success / failure determination permission condition is satisfied when a random number value is acquired by the second random number acquisition unit; ,
A first symbol display device in which a first symbol indicating the result of the determination of success / failure by the first success / failure determination means is displayed in a variable manner and stopped;
A second symbol display device in which a second symbol indicating the result of the determination of success / failure by the second success / failure determination means is displayed in a variable manner and stopped;
A first symbol display control means for variably displaying and stopping the first symbol in the first symbol display device;
A second symbol display control means for variably displaying and stopping the second symbol in the second symbol display device;
An effect display device for displaying an effect suggesting the result of the go / no-go judgment by the first win / no-go judgment unit or the result of the go / no-go judgment by the second go / no-go judgment unit;
Production determination means for determining production content to be displayed on the production display device ,
Some prior pending random number according to the information of spruce determined by based rather the second spruce determination means results one or more are expected to be digested after the end execution of the previous special game to be executed by the jackpot If there is specific hold information in the subsequent hold information, it is possible to perform a hold-in-the-village rendition that suggests or notifies the possibility of the specific hold information ,
When the hold information is present in the second hold storage means, the first success / failure determination permission condition is not satisfied, while the second success / failure determination is performed regardless of whether the hold information exists in the first hold storage means. Permit conditions can be met,
In the situation where the preceding special game is executed when the result of the success / failure determination by the second success / failure determination means executed based on the random number value related to certain advance reservation information in the easy entry state is a big hit, During the execution of special games , it is possible to execute the rendezvous renso production,
As a type of special game that is executed when the result of the success / failure determination by the second success / failure determination unit is a big hit, a low-profit special game in which the advantage to the player is set relatively low, and the advantage to the player Including at least a high profit special game set relatively high,
The low-profit special game is a special game that triggers setting a probability that the result of the success / failure determination by the first success / failure determination means and the result of the success / failure determination by the second success / failure determination means becomes a big hit,
In the high profit special game, the probability that the result of the success / failure determination by the first success / failure determination unit and the result of the determination of the success / failure by the second success / failure determination unit is a big hit is set to a specific probability that is higher than the predetermined probability. It is a special game that triggers,
In a situation where a plurality of specific hold information exists in a plurality of subsequent hold information that is scheduled to be digested after the execution of a certain preceding special game as the hold information in the second hold storage means, the certain preceding special game As a special game scheduled to be executed after the end, the special game corresponding to the first specific hold information among the plurality of specific hold information is a low profit special game, and the specific hold subsequent to the first specific hold information When the special game corresponding to the information is a high-profit special game, while the certain pre-special game is being executed, the on- hold consecutive villa production is not executed,
In a situation where a plurality of specific hold information exists in a plurality of subsequent hold information that is scheduled to be digested after the execution of a certain preceding special game as the hold information in the second hold storage means, the certain preceding special game As a special game scheduled to be executed after completion, a special game corresponding to the earliest specific hold information among the plurality of specific hold information is a high profit special game, and a specific hold subsequent to the first specific hold information. A pachinko gaming machine characterized in that, when a special game corresponding to information is also a high-profit special game, it is possible to execute a reserved in-ream game during the execution of the certain preceding special game.

Images